230
THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC 50 ) OF ROTENONE EXTRACTED FROM Derris elliptica SAIFUL IRWAN BIN ZUBAIRI A thesis submitted in fulfilment of the requirements for the award of the degree of Master of Engineering (Bioprocess) Faculty of Chemical and Natural Resources Engineering Universiti Teknologi Malaysia AUGUST 2006

THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

EXTRACTED FROM Derris elliptica

SAIFUL IRWAN BIN ZUBAIRI

A thesis submitted in fulfilment of the

requirements for the award of the degree of

Master of Engineering (Bioprocess)

Faculty of Chemical and Natural Resources Engineering

Universiti Teknologi Malaysia

AUGUST 2006

Page 2: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

iii

To my most beloved sayang and mak

Page 3: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

‘In the name of Allah, the most gracious and the most merciful. Selawat and

salam to Prophet Muhammad s.a.w.’ I owe first and foremost my profound gratitude to

almighty Allah s.w.t the source of all inspiration and help and without whose assistance;

this study would not have come into existence.

Deep obligation and indebtedness and most sincere gratitude are offered to my

supervisor Professor Dr. Mohammad Roji Sarmidi for his continuous guidance during

all stages of my research work and for his willingness to help. Without his continue

support, interest, wisdom and idea during our discussion, this thesis would not have been

implemented and executed well.

I would also like to acknowledge the Chemical Engineering Pilot Plant (CEPP)

staff, in particular Professor Ramlan Abdul Aziz for his moral support and motivation as

well as Mr. Khairul Annuar Mohd, Ms. Nor Idamalina Ahamad Nordin and Mr. Rafizan

Latip for their assistance on the batch solid-liquid extraction process, qualitative analysis

of Vacuum Liquid Chromatography-Thin Layer Chromatography (VLC-TLC) and

biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin.

Last but not least, I would like to express my heartfelt gratitude to my most

beloved parents and wife, Allahyarham Zubairi Abdul Wahid, Zaiton A. Man and

Nurhafzan Anis Ismail respectively, through which the guidance of the spiritual, mental

and physical training that has allowed me to established and continue throughout this

study.

Page 4: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

v

ABSTRACT

The objective of this research was to determine the effect of the processing parameters

on the extraction yield of rotenoids resin, rotenone and their biological activities (LC50).

The research was divided into three stages: preliminary, optimization and verification

phases. Preliminary study was carried out to determine the most appropriate processing

parameters for the optimization study. The optimization study was carried out using a

Central Composite Design (CCD) employing the Design-Expert® software version 6.0 to

determine the effects of processing parameters on the three selected response variables

which were the yield of rotenoids resin, yield of rotenone and biological activity (LC50)

of rotenoids resin. The processing parameters studied were the types of solvent

(acetone, chloroform and ethanol), solvent-to-solid ratio (2.0 ml/g to 10.0 ml/g) and raw

material particles size (0.5 mm to 5.0 mm in diameter). The theoretical maximum yield

of rotenoids resin in dried roots obtained from the optimization phase was 12.26 %

(w/w) and 5.99 % (w/w) for the rotenone. The multiple response variables analysis have

consistently verified the theoretical results in the range of 3.62 ml/g to 4.72 ml/g

(solvent-to-solid ratio) and 0.83 mm to 1.41 mm in diameter (raw material particles size)

using the acetone extract. The biological activity (LC50) value of rotenoids resin was

indirectly correlated to the optimum processing parameters due to inconsistency of

rotenone content (mg) and the low value of LC50 which was less than 100 ppm for all

treatments. This is due to the presence of other constituents in the rotenoids resin

(tephrosin, 12αβ-rotenolone and deguelin) which contributed to the low LC50 values.

The optimization of the processing parameters resulted in an increase of yield of

rotenoids resin but reduced yield of rotenone.

Page 5: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

vi

ABSTRAK

Objektif kajian ini adalah untuk menilai kesan parameter pemprosesan terhadap

pengekstrakan keberhasilan resin rotenoids, rotenone dan aktiviti biologikalnya (LC50).

Kajian ini dibahagikan kepada tiga peringkat: fasa saringan, pengoptimuman dan

penentusahan. Kajian saringan dijalankan untuk menentukan parameter pemprosesan

yang paling relevan untuk kajian pengoptimuman. Kajian pengoptimuman dijalankan

menggunakan analisis ‘Central Composite Design (CCD)’ menggunakan perisian

‘Design-Expert® version 6.0’ bagi menilai kesan parameter pemprosesan bagi tiga

variabel respon yang dipilih iaitu keberhasilan resin rotenoids, keberhasilan rotenone

dan aktiviti biologikal (LC50) bagi resin rotenoids. Parameter pemprosesan yang dikaji

adalah jenis pelarut (aseton, kloroform dan etanol), nisbah pelarut terhadap pepejal (2.0

ml/g hingga 10.0 ml/g) dan saiz partikel bahan mentah (0.5 mm hingga 5.0 mm dalam

diameter). Keberhasilan maksimum teori resin rotenoids di dalam akar kering yang

diperolehi daripada fasa pengoptimuman adalah 12.26 % (w/w) dan 5.99 % (w/w) untuk

rotenone. Analisis kepelbagaian variabel respon mengesahkan secara konsisten

keputusan teori di dalam julat 3.62 ml/g hingga 4.72 ml/g dan 0.83 mm hingga 1.41 mm

dalam diameter menggunakan pengekstrakan aseton. Nilai aktiviti biologikal (LC50)

resin rotenoids tidak berkaitan secara langsung dengan parameter pemprosesan optimum

disebabkan oleh kandungan rotenone (mg) yang tidak konsisten dan nilai LC50 yang

rendah di mana kurang daripada 100 ppm bagi semua rawatan. Ini disebabkan oleh

kewujudan kandungan lain di dalam resin rotenoids (tephrosin, 12αβ-rotenolone dan

deguelin) di mana turut menyumbang kepada nilai LC50 yang rendah. Pengoptimuman

parameter pemprosesan di dapati telah menyebabkan peningkatan keberhasilan resin

rotenoids tetapi mengurangkan keberhasilan rotenone.

Page 6: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE PAGE

TITLE PAGE i

DECLARATION ii

DEDICATION iii

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS iv

ABSTRACT v

ABSTRAK vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS vii

LIST OF FIGURES xiv

LIST OF TABLES xix

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS xxii

LIST OF APPENDICES xxiv

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Research background 1

1.2 Scopes of research 7

1.3 Contribution of the research 8

Page 7: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

viii

2 TUBA, Derris elliptica: OVERVIEW, BIOLOGY,

CULTIVATION AND PHYTOCHEMISTRY

2.1 Overview of the phytochemicals 9

2.1.1 Metabolic pathway of the

phytochemical insecticides 10

2.2 Derris elliptica or ‘Tuba’ 12

2.3 Scientific classification (taxonomy) and species 13

2.3.1 Plant growth, development and ecology 13

2.3.2 The cultivation condition of Derris elliptica 14

2.3.3 Current development on the cultivation

of Derris elliptica 16

2.4 Phytochemistry of Derris species 16

2.4.1 Outline of rotenone as an active chemical

constituents 16

2.4.2 Physico-chemical properties of rotenoids 17

2.4.3 Rotenone stability in water 20

2.4.4 Rotenone stability in soil and groundwater 21

2.4.5 Rotenone stability in vegetation 22

2.4.6 Types of rotenone formulation 22

3 PROCESSING, ANALYSIS AND TOXICOLOGY

3.1 Introduction 24

3.1.1 Extraction method 25

3.2 Extraction mechanism 26

3.2.1 Principles of solid-liquid extraction 28

3.2.1.1 Types of solid-liquid extraction 28

3.2.1.2 Desirable features for the

extracting solvent 28

Page 8: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

ix

3.2.1.3 Leaching process

(solid-liquid extraction) 29

3.2.2 Extraction of the rotenone and rotenoids

resin: An overview of pilot and industrial

plant scale production 30

3.3 Analytical methods 34

3.4 Toxicology 34

3.4.1 The use of biological assays to

evaluate botanicals 34

3.4.1.1 Dose-response curves 36

3.4.1.2 Hazard indicator categories 38

3.4.1.3 Toxicity assessment by probit

analysis 40

3.4.2 Brine Shrimp (Artemia salina)

Lethality study 41

3.4.2.1 Artemia life history 41

3.4.2.2 Hatching the Artemia 41

3.4.2.3 Harvesting the nauplii 42

3.4.2.4 Maintenance of brine shrimp 43

3.4.2.5 Optimum Artemia survival

condition 44

3.4.3 Rotenone toxicology data 45

3.4.3.1 Mode of action 45

3.4.3.2 Toxicity 45

(a) Human data 45

(b) Aquatic life data 46

(c) Relevant animal data 46

(c) Relevant in vitro data 47

(d) Workplace standards 47

(e) Acceptable Daily

Intake (ADI) 47

Page 9: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

x

(f) Carcinogenicity 47

(g) Mutagenicity 47

(h) Interactions 47

3.4.4 CASE STUDY: Laboratory and field

efficacy studies on the toxicity of the

formulated rotenone 48

3.4.4.1 Laboratory studies (bioassay) 48

3.4.4.2 Field efficacy studies 50

4 METHODOLOGY

4.1 Introduction 51

4.1.1 Preliminary experiments 52

4.1.2 Optimization phase 53

4.1.2.1 Design of Experiments (DOE) 54

4.1.2.2 Factors and experimental matrix 55

4.1.3 Verification phase 58

4.2 Sampling 58

4.3 Process description 58

4.3.1 Pre-processing of Derris roots 60

4.3.2 Extraction of rotenoids resin 61

4.3.3 Analysis of the response variables 63

4.3.3.1 Determination of extraction yield

(rotenoids resin) 63

4.3.3.2 Determination of extraction yield

(yield of rotenone) 64

(a) Qualitative analysis of

rotenone using Thin Layer

Chromatography (TLC) 64

Page 10: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xi

(b) Quantitative analysis of

rotenone using High

Performance Liquid

Chromatography (HPLC):

Measurement of the

rotenone content (mg) 65

(c) Biological activity (LC50)

of rotenoids resin 67

4.4 Statistical analysis 69

4.4.1 Response Surface Methodology (RSM) 70

4.4.2 Model adequacy checking 71

4.4.2.1 F-distribution test 71

4.4.2.2 Coefficient of multiple

determinations (R2) 72

4.4.2.3 Lack of fits test 72

4.4.3 Pearson’s correlation coefficient, r 73

5 RESULT AND DISCUSSION

5.1 Introduction 74

5.2 Preliminary experiment results 75

5.2.1 Effects of the plant parts and types

of solvent on yield 75

5.2.2 Extraction yield model and the effect

of extraction duration on yield 77

5.2.3 Effects of the extraction and concentration

operating temperature on yield 82

5.2.4 Effect of the raw material particles size

and solvent-to-solid ratio on yield 86

Page 11: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xii

5.2.5 Summary of the preliminary experiments 94

5.3 Optimization phase results:

Effect of processing parameters on the response

variables 98

5.3.1 Effect of processing parameters on the

yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots 100

5.3.2 Effect of processing parameters on the

yield of rotenone in dried roots 109

5.3.3 Summary of the optimization phase 118

5.4 Multi response analysis of the yield of rotenone

in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration

(mg/ml) 120

5.4.1 Analysis of solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g)

for the ethanol + oxalic acid solution

extract in relation with the yield of

rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and

rotenone concentration; mg/ml 121

5.4.2 Analysis of solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g)

for the acetone extract in relation with

the yield of rotenone in dried roots;

% (w/w) and rotenone concentration; mg/ml 122

5.4.3 Analysis of raw material particles size

(mm in diameter) for the ethanol +

oxalic acid solution extract in relation

with the yield of rotenone in dried roots;

% (w/w) and rotenone concentration; mg/ml 125

5.4.4 Analysis of raw material particles size

(mm in diameter) for the acetone extract

in relation with the yield of rotenone in

dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone

concentration; mg/ml 127

Page 12: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xiii

5.5 Biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin results 129

5.5.1 The effect of raw material particles size

and types of solvent on the biological

activity (LC50) and yield of rotenone

in dried roots, % (w/w) respectively 132

5.5.2 The effect of solvent-to-solid ratio

and types of solvent on the biological

activity (LC50) and yield of rotenone

in dried roots, % (w/w) respectively 135

5.5.3 Biological activity (LC50) of the

verification phase parameters and

rotenone standard (SIGMA-Aldrich™) 143

5.6 Verification phase results:

Confirmation of the optimization 143

5.7 Comparison of the optimum response variables 144

5.8 Correlation between the yield of rotenoids

resin and yield of rotenone 148

6 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

6.1 Conclusions 151

6.3 Recommendations 154

REFERENCES 155

APPENDICES 173

Page 13: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE

2.1 Biosynthetic origin of some commercially important plant-derived compounds 11 2.2 Derris species that abundantly available in Peninsular of Malaysia: (A) Derris elliptica and (B) Derris malaccensis 13 2.3 Rotenone molecular structures 18 3.1 Schematic diagram of vegetal cell structures 27 3.2 Layout of the pilot plant scale production of the Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE) 32 3.3 Dose-response curve 36 3.4 An adult of Artemia salina: (A) male; (B) female 41 3.5 Example of the Brine Shrimp hatchery system 44 3.6 The leaf-dipped method 49 3.7 The larvae of diamondback moth (Plutella xylostella) 49 3.8 Field efficacy of formulated rotenone against Spodotera litura 50 4.1 Phases of the experiment 59 4.2 Flow diagram and overview of the study 59 4.3 Various particles size of Derris roots 60

Page 14: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xv

4.4 Extraction of rotenoids resin from Derris elliptica roots 62 4.5 Evaluation of rotenoids resin 63 4.6 Techniques of spotting the sample on silica plate 65 4.7 External standard method template calculations 66 4.8 Example of the dilution principles to prepare the biological activity concentration 68 4.9 Mortality of Artemia salina when exposed to extracts of the Derris elliptica: (A) dose response curve; (B) probit analysis curve 69 5.1 Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) using the Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE) method for different types of solvent 76 5.2 Kinetic equilibrium of the rotenone extraction process (second order polynomial) 80 5.3 Kinetic equilibrium of the rotenone extraction process: Yield of rotenone content in dried roots, % (w/w) 81 5.4 Kinetic equilibrium of the rotenone extraction process: Concentration of rotenone, mg/ml 81 5.5 Kinetic equilibrium of the rotenone extraction process: Yield of rotenone in dried roots, mg 82 5.6 Degradation of rotenone content (mg) during the concentration process at 40 0C and 0.3 mbar of operating temperature and vacuum pressure respectively 83 5.7 Degradation of rotenone content (mg) during the concentration process at 50 0C and 80 mbar of operating temperature and vacuum pressure respectively 84 5.8 Kinetics of the rotenone extraction process from

Derris elliptica - Ethanol + oxalic acid solution: (A) rotenone concentration, mg/ml; (B) yield of rotenone, % (w/w) 85

5.9 Kinetics of the rotenone extraction process from Derris elliptica - Chloroform: (A) rotenone concentration, mg/ml; (B) yield of rotenone, % (w/w) 90

Page 15: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xvi

5.10 Kinetics of the rotenone extraction process from Derris elliptica - Acetone: (A) rotenone concentration, mg/ml; (B) yield of rotenone, % (w/w) 92

5.11 Response surface three-dimensional graphs and contour plot 99 5.12 Normal probability plots of residuals (Yield of rotenoids resin) 104 5.13 The residual versus the predicted response (Yield of rotenoids resin) 104 5.14 Surface plot of the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) as a function of raw material particles size and solvent-to-solid ratio: Ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract 105 5.15 Surface plot of the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) as a function of raw material particles size and solvent-to-solid ratio: Acetone extract 105 5.16 Normal probability plots of residuals (Yield of rotenone) 113 5.17 The residual versus the predicted response

(Yield of rotenone) 114

5.18 Surface plot of the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) as a function of raw material particles size and solvent-to-solid ratio: Ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract 114 5.19 Surface plot of the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) as a function of raw material particles size and solvent-to-solid ratio: Acetone extract 115 5.20 Selected processing parameters that obtain maximum yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) based on the desirability values of a given solution 120 5.21 The yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration; mg/ml versus the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) of ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract 123

Page 16: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xvii

5.22 The yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration; mg/ml versus the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) of acetone extract 125 5.23 The yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration; mg/ml versus the raw material particles size (mm in diameter) of ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract 127 5.24 The yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration; mg/ml versus the raw material particles size (mm in diameter) of acetone extract 129 5.25 Relationship between the probit of Artemia salina mortality proportion and log10 dose of rotenoids resin (S1) at 24 hours of treatment 130 5.26 Relationship between the probit of Artemia salina mortality proportion and log10 dose of the rotenoids resin (S1, S7, S20 and S23) at 12 hours of treatment 130 5.27 Relationship between the probit of Artemia salina mortality proportion and log10 dose of rotenoids resin (S7, S11, S13, S19, S23, S24, S25, S28 and S29) at 12 hours of treatment: Continued 131 5.28 Relationship between the probit of Artemia salina mortality proportion and log10 dose of rotenoids resin (S3, S8 and S12) at 6 hours of treatment 132 5.29 Effect of the raw material particles size, mm in diameter

against the biological activity (LC50) of acetone extract (A1) and ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract (A2) respectively 133

5.30 Effect of the raw material particles size, mm in diameter against the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) obtained from the extract of acetone (B1) and ethanol + oxalic acid solution (B2) respectively 135

5.31 Effect of the solvent-to-solid ratio, ml/g against the biological activity (LC50) of acetone extract (C1) and ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract (C2) respectively 137 5.32 Effect of the solvent-to-solid ratio, ml/g against the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) obtained from the extract of acetone (D1) and ethanol + oxalic acid solution (D2) respectively 139

Page 17: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xviii

5.33 Pearson’s correlation coefficients (r) between the yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w) 149

Page 18: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xix

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE

2.1 Existence of rotenone in Derris elliptica Benth plant’s organs determined by different analysis methods 15 2.2 Rotenone, methionine and phenylalanine in different organs of Derris plant analyzed by reversed-phase HPLC 15 2.3 The solubility of pure rotenone at 20 0C 19 2.4 Time of rotenone dissipation versus temperature 20 2.5 Detoxification time of varies rotenone concentration 21 3.1 Rotenone extraction methods 33 3.2 Hazard indicator categories 39 3.3 Toxicity of the botanical insecticides against the larvae of DBM collected from Kluang, Johor 48 3.8 Toxicity of the botanical insecticides against the larvae of

DBM collected from Karak, Pahang 49

4.1 Preliminary processing parameters 52 4.2 The preliminary experiment to obtain the rotenoids resin based on the exploratory experiment carried out by Saiful et al. (2003) 52 4.3 Preliminary control processing parameters 53 4.4 Experimental design for the solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g 53

Page 19: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xx

4.5 Experimental design for the solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0 ml/g 53 4.6 Preliminary response variables 53 4.7 Specification of Central Composite Design (CCD) 54 4.8 Optimization processing parameters 55 4.9 Optimization control processing parameters 56 4.10 Optimization response variables 56 4.11 Experimental matrix for the extraction of rotenoids resin: CCD (23) 57 4.12 Parameters of RP-HPLC recommended by Baron and Freudenthal (1976) 66 5.1 Processing parameters involved in the kinetic of rotenone extraction process 79 5.2 Response variables result in the kinetic of rotenone extraction process 80 5.3 The average yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) 95 5.4 The preliminary experiments result 95 5.5 The design layout and experimental results

(Yield of rotenoids resin) 100

5.6 ANOVA response surface linear model [responses: Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w)] 101

5.7 The design layout and experimental results (Yield of rotenone) 109

5.8 ANOVA response surface 2FI model (responses: Yield of rotenone in dried roots) (backward) 110 5.9 Selection criteria of the processing parameters solution 119 5.10 The effects of solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) of ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract on the two response variables 122

Page 20: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xxi

5.11 The effects of solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) of acetone Extract on the two response variables 124 5.12 The effects of raw material particles size (mm in diameter) of ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract on the two response variables 126 5.13 The effects of raw material particles size (mm in diameter) of acetone extract on the two response variables 128 5.14 Biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin at varies time of treatment (6 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours) 140 5.15 Effect of rotenoids resin against Artemia salina at varies time of treatment (6 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours) 141 5.16 Effect of rotenoids resin against Artemia salina on the 24 hours of treatment established by McLaughlin (1991) 142 5.17 List of selected processing parameter that produced theoretical maximum yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) 143 5.18 The verification phase results based on the most appropriate processing parameters 144 5.19 Comparison of the optimum response variables with Different phases of experiment 147 5.20 Pearson’s correlation coefficients (r) of the response variables 148

Page 21: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xxii

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

ANOVA - Analysis of Variance

A.i - Active ingredient

CEPP - Chemical Engineering Pilot Plant

CCD - Central Composite Design

CLCE - Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract

CP - Centre point

DAT - Days after treatment

DBM - Diamondback Moth

DF - Dilution factor

DIW - Deionized water

DOE - Design of Experiments

EPA - Environmental Protection Agency

EC - Emulsifiable Concentrates

IS - Internal standard

IPM - Integrated Pest Management

Kg - Kilogram

LC50 - Lethal Concentration of 50 % mortality

LD50 - Lethal Dose of 50 % mortality

LCE - Liquid Crude Extract

L - Litre

Ibm - Pound-mass

NSE - Normal Soaking Extraction

NPK - Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Kalium

ND - Not determined

Page 22: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xxiii

m.p - Melting point

OA - Oxalic acid

ppm - Part per millions

PDA - Photo Diode Array

Rf - Retardation factor

RSM - Response Surface Methodology

RP-HPLC - Reversed-Phase High Performance Liquid Chromatography

RCBD - Randomized Complete Block Design

SFE - Supercritical Fluid Extraction

SST - Total of Sum of Squares

SSR - Sum of Squares due to Regression

SSE - Sum of Squares of Residuals

SF - Sensitivity factor

SF - Safety factor

SD - Standard deviation

SG - Specific gravity

SHD - Safe Human Dose

TLC - Thin Layer Chromatography

ThD0.0 - Threshold Dose

UTM - Universiti Teknologi Malaysia

UPM - Universiti Putra Malaysia

UV - Ultra Violet

VLC - Vacuum Liquid Chromatography

Page 23: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xxiv

LIST OF APPENDICES

APPENDIX TITLE PAGE

A Complete results of the optimization phase experimental design 174 B Mortality of Artemia salina against varies

concentration of the rotenone Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE) 179

C Experimental design and results (experimental and predicted values) of Central Composite Design; CCD (Manual calculation) 184 D The upper critical values of the F-distribution for v1 numerator degrees of freedom and v2 denominator degrees of freedom 5 % significance level: F0.05 (v1, v2) 190 E The biological activity (LC50) of S1 (24 hours of treatment) using probit analysis (manual calculation) 192 F Mortality of Artemia salina against varies

concentration (ppm) of rotenone Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE) and rotenone standard (SIGMA-Aldrich™) 194

G Complete results of the verification phase and preliminary experiment (yield of rotenoids resin) 196 H Chromatograms of rotenone standard

[SIGMA-Aldrich™, 95 - 98 % (w/w)] and Sample 20 (S20) for the LCE and CLCE 198

Page 24: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

xxv

I Purification and identification of rotenone from Derris elliptica using the Vacuum Liquid Chromatography-Thin Layer Chromatography (VLC-TLC) method 201 J Molecular structure of 12αβ-rotenolone, tephrosin and deguelin 206

Page 25: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTION

1.1 Research background

One of the important issues facing approximately 6.48 billions world populations

(Anonymous, 2005) is food security. The over population in developing countries and

low food production exacerbated the situation. Low food production productivity is due

to many factors. One of the factors is due to pest and plant diseases.

Crop protections today rely heavily on synthetic pesticides (Coats, 1994). Their

uninterrupted and massive use has led to several side effects such as pesticides resistance

in pests (Stoll, 1988), elimination of naturally occurring bio control agents, insect

resurgence, adverse effects on non-target organisms and environment contaminations

with the potential effect on the entire food chain (Copping, 1998; Harris, 1999). The

growing public alarm about the hazards associated with excessive use of synthetic

pesticides has revived the interest in the use of environmental-friendly crop protection

products or well known as phytochemical pesticides. Phytochemical pesticides are

considered environmentally benign, biodegradable (Devlin and Zettel, 1999), maintain

Page 26: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

2

biological diversity of predators (Grainge and Ahmad, 1998) and safer to higher animals

including human beings. Thus, to help meet the food requirements of the 21st century,

scientist throughout the world is looking for ecologically safe plant protection

technologies emphasizing use of the botanical insecticides in the integrated pest

management (IPM) programmes.

A vast number of plant species produce phytochemicals that are not directly

beneficial for the growth and development of the plants. These secondary compounds

are regarded as a part of the plants defence against plant-feeding insects and other

herbivores (Dev and Koul, 1997). The pesticide properties of many plants have been

known for a long time and natural pesticides based on plant extracts such as rotenone,

nicotine and pyrethrum have been commonly used in pest control during the earlier half

of this century. However, after the World War II, they lost their importance with the

introduction of the synthetic organic chemicals (Suraphon and Manthana, 2001). The

synthetic organic chemicals were concentrated products with a high knockdown effect

on pest organisms. These chemicals could be produced in large quantities at relatively

lower cost and they rapidly substituted most of the other pesticides (especially natural

pesticides) in the 1950s. However, with the development of resistant insects, the threat

of contaminated food and high production cost problems, natural pesticides came back

again in 1995 (Suraphon and Manthana, 2001).

Furthermore, Malaysia is one of the most diverse countries to have plants and

animals in the Southeast Asia region. Some of the plants show ability to adapt to and

tolerate herbivores and their environment. The adapting ability derived from the

production of special chemicals is called allelochemicals, which are parts of the

secondary plant substances (Yu and Hsu, 1985). Plant active ingredient that shows

hormonal inhibition in insects is such as azadiracthin from neem seed kernels. The other

that show repellent property is such as citronella from citrus leaves (Visetson and Milne,

2001). In general, plants with pesticidal properties can be used in three ways. Initially,

from the whole plant parts, in powder form or as crude extracts in water or other

solvents. Secondly, as purified extracts, such as rotenone and finally as a chemical

Page 27: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

3

template which could be produced industrially such as pyrethrins (chemically

synthesized). Moreover, natural insecticides have been used for centuries to combat

insect’s pests that compete for food and affect the public health (WHO, 1997). As for

that reason, more than 2,000 plant species are catalogued as having insecticide

properties (Heal et al., 1950; Farnsworth, 1966; Sukamar et al., 1991). The most

commonly plant extracts such as pyrethrum, nicotine, saponin and rotenone were among

the first compounds used to control insects of agricultural importance (Coasts, 1994;

Grainage and Ahmed, 1998). Among the ordinary plant extracts that have been studied

and commercialized is pyrethrin (which a complex of esters extracted from flowers of

Chrysanthemum cinerariefolium) which is the one that still be used nowadays to

enhance commercial preparations of the household insecticides (Bell et al., 1990).

Moreover, nicotine extracted from Nicotiana glauca and its nicotinoids derivatives are

also among the choice molecules for the manufacture of new insecticides.

In addition, the one and only plant extracts that in the route of developing its

niche market to be among the important insecticides is rotenone. In general, rotenone

and other toxic constituents in the extract (e.g.: deguelin, tephrosin and 12αβ-

rotenolone) are isoflavonoids occurring in several genera of tropical leguminosae plants

such as Derris (papilionaceae), Antonia (loganiaceae) and Lonchocarpus (fabaceae).

Scientifically, rotenone is a bio-active compound that has a strong paralysis action

(knock-down effect) on cold-blooded animals and used as an insecticide to combat pests

(John, 1944; Andel 2000). Other than that, rotenoids-yielding plants have been also

used for fishing based on their itcthyotoxic properties (Andel, 2000). For that reason,

there have been reports of rotenone-containing plants used by the Indians for fishing due

to its itcthyotoxic effect, as early as the 17th century (Moretti and Grenard, 1982).

Interestingly, rotenone poisoned fish is edible without any risk of food contamination to

humans (Costa et al., 1989). The risk of being poisoned by rotenone on mammalians

can be strongly justify with the lethality tests resulted in LD50 (value is in milligram per

kilogram (mg/kg) of body weight in mammal) range from 50 to 300 (Raws, 1986;

Ellenhorn and Barceloux, 1988) and considered as a moderate hazardous substances

(WHO, 1992).

Page 28: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

4

As for it lethal mechanism, rotenone acts by inhibiting respiratory enzyme in the

insects resulting in disruption of cellular metabolism and failure of respiratory functions

(Oberg, 1961; Fukami et al., 1967; Bradbury, 1986). Although rotenone is toxic to the

nervous systems of insects, fish and birds, commercial rotenone products presented little

hazard to humans over many decades (Schmeltz, 1971). Neither fatalities nor systemic

poisonings in humans have been reported in relation to ordinary use. As for that reason,

human or mammals are not highly susceptible or vulnerable to rotenone because they are

protected by effective oxidizing enzyme systems (Schnick, 1974) and inefficient

gastrointestinal absorption (Bradbury, 1986). This extensive research and thorough

evidence on its effect against targeted organisms and non-targeted organisms (especially

human) gives rotenone as one of the botanical insecticide that exceptionally selective

and environmental-friendly (Schnick, 1974; Bradbury, 1986). Other reasons that

accounting safety record of rotenone as a botanical insecticide are low concentration in

commercial products, highly degradable and poor absorption across gut and skin of

humans. Even though rotenone is a naturally occurring chemical with insecticidal,

acaricidal (mite and spider killing) and piscicidal (fish-killing) properties (Extoxnet,

1996), it is a selective, non-specific insecticide and also can be used in home gardens

for insect control, for lice and tick control on pets and for fish eradications as part of

water body management (Weier and Starr, 1950). Because of its advantages, the

extracts material can be formulated into emulsifiable concentrates (EC) and wettable

powders of rotenone and extensively used in lakes, ponds and reservoirs to control

undesirable fish as well as to combat the highly resistant insect pests that still posses a

major threat to farmers all over the world (Kole et al., 1992).

Nowadays, the production of botanical insecticide especially rotenone (from

Derris and Lonchocarpus species) and pyrethrum (from Chrysanthemum

cinerariaefolium) are dominated by the Western country such as Germany, United States

(US), Canada and South America (Murray, 1997). They have the technology to extract,

formulate and purify the bio-active constituents from plant material that have the

insecticidal properties. One of the biggest manufacturers in Europe that produced the

formulated liquid emulsion of rotenone and cube rotenoids resin is SAPHYR S. A. R. L

Page 29: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

5

which is based in France. According to Grinda et al. (1986), the used on a batch solid-

liquid of Accelerated Solvent Extraction (ASE) method has made them produced as

much as 14 % (w/w) yield of rotenone in dried roots and 36 % (w/w) yield of rotenoids

resin in dried roots. This achievement is due to the advanced processing techniques they

have implemented and the usage of strong chlorinated organic solvent that extract the

bio-active constituents exhaustively. They have the technological advantages as

compared to the other countries (especially in Asia) that also produced botanical

insecticides product.

In Asia, only several countries are committed on developing the technology and

pursuing to produce large scale of botanical insecticide such as Thailand and Vietnam.

According to Hao et al. (1998), in Vietnam, they have conducted and set up a technical

process to manufacture products from Derris elliptica Benth’s root. They have included

the emulsifiable concentrates (EC), water milk and water-soluble powder preparations.

The technological protocol were established in many ways such as raw material

pre-processing treatment, extraction procedures, types of solvent used, stability of

rotenoids resin, biological activity, preservation and packaging. In fact, they have

successfully extracted rotenone from their native Derris species with the yield of

approximately 1.5 % (w/w) to 5.0 % (w/w) in dried roots using varies organic solvent

such as acetone, chloroform and ethanol on a batch solid-liquid of Normal Soaking

Extraction (NSE) method (Phan-Phuoc-Hien et al., 2003). Other processing parameters

(e.g.: solvent-to-solid ratio, raw material particles size, extraction temperature,

extraction duration, speed of agitation and etc.) used in the process are unknown but

generally ethanol is largely used as a solvent in the extraction process due to its low cost

and simple process (Hien-Phan-Phuoc et al., 1999). In Thailand, they have also

established the technological protocol on manufacturing the botanical insecticides. They

have also implemented a batch solid-liquid of Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE) method

with agitation under room temperature of 26 ± 2 0C and administered for 8 hours

(Suraphon and Manthana, 2001). Hence, they have managed to extract rotenone

approximately 5.2 % (w/w) in dried roots. According to Pitigon and Sangwanit (1997),

the most desirable solvent for the extraction of rotenone are ethanol and although

Page 30: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

6

chloroform is also used as a solvent, it is proven to be dangerous to human health.

Therefore, ethanol is more suitable solvent for the extraction of rotenone in favour of

Thailand farmers. Unfortunately, rotenone based bio-pesticide manufacturer is

unavailable in Malaysia despite of its environmental-friendly effect and effectiveness to

treat the persistent insect pests of Diamondback moth (Plutella xylostella Linn.) that

always infested in the leafy vegetables farms. Thus, no rotenone based bio-pesticide

listed in the Pesticide Board of Malaysia registered products until May 2006. As for that

reason, Chemical Engineering Pilot Plant (CEPP) in Johor, Malaysia has initiated a

research on this particular active ingredient (rotenone) since 2001 and also being the

only research institute in Malaysia that undertake the research systematically by

commencing the selection of Derris species, pre-treatment, extraction, formulation,

laboratory bioassay and field trial, toxicity level and risk assessment until product

registration through the Pesticide Board of Malaysia (Saiful et al., 2003)

From all manufacturers and researchers that involved on producing the rotenone

as a potential botanical insecticides, they have one in common which is using a batch

solid-liquid extraction method even though they have implemented different processing

parameters and produced varies yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w) and

yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w). In addition, not one of them has implemented

the biological activity (LC50) of brine shrimp (Artemia salina) to acquire rapid general

toxicity level in which correspond to the effect of processing parameter.

As for that reason, the objective of this research was to investigate the effect of

processing parameters (raw material particles size (mm in diameter), solvent-to-solid

ratio (ml/g) and types of solvent) on the yield and its biological activity (LC50) of

rotenone extracted from Derris elliptica using a batch solid-liquid extraction process.

Page 31: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

7

1.2 Scopes of research

In order to achieve the objective, four scopes have been formulated in this

research. The scopes were:

(1) To investigate the effect of processing parameters on the yield of rotenoids resin

in dried roots; % (w/w).

(2) To investigate the effect of processing parameters on the yield of rotenone in

dried roots; % (w/w).

(3) To investigate the effect of processing parameters on the biological activity

(LC50) of brine shrimp (Artemia salina).

(4) To investigate the correlation between the biological activity (LC50) with the

yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried

roots; % (w/w).

The processing parameters studied were solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g), types of

solvent and raw material particles size (mm in diameter). The other relevant parameters

involved in this research were fixed (control parameter) such as extraction temperature

(0C), weight of raw material (g) and extraction duration (hour). The experiments were

design using experimental design software called Design-Expert® software version 6.0

(Stat-Ease, 2002). Each data obtained from each run of experiments was evaluated for

the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w), yield of rotenone in dried roots; %

(w/w) and biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin. Eventually, the correlation

between these response and independent variables were analyzed and interpreted.

Page 32: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

8

1.3 Contribution of the research

This study contributes new knowledge in the area of phytochemical processing

and phytochemical pesticide:

(A) This research help to understand the main and interaction effects of the

processing parameters towards the yield of rotenoids resin, rotenone and their

biological activities (LC50). The correlation determined between independent

variables would further promote and enhance the usage of rotenoids resin as a

phytochemical pesticide or botanical insecticide products. Understanding the

effect of processing parameters against the yield of rotenoids resin, rotenone and

their biological activities (LC50) are essential in designing a better processing

technology to maintain and preserve the bio-active constituents in the extracts

and rotenoids resin effectively.

(B) Although Derris roots have been identified as a potential cash crop due to its

abundance growth in Malaysia, no research work of its own native species has

been conducted locally. The identification of appropriate processing parameters

to acquire maximum yield of rotenoids resin, rotenone and their biological

activities (LC50) against targeted and non-targeted organism are also have not

being studied. According to the local patent and industrial company database

related to the botanical insecticides production, there is no rotenone-based

industry listed in Malaysia until now. Therefore, the opportunities to develop an

option to the synthetic pesticides and environmental-friendly natural bio-

pesticide from local plant species are the main rationale why this extensive study

should be completed and carried out successfully.

Page 33: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

CHAPTER II

TUBA, Derris elliptica:

OVERVIEW, BIOLOGY, CULTIVATION AND PHYTOCHEMISTRY

2.1 Overview of the phytochemicals

Phytochemicals are sometimes referred to as phytonutrients; this term is often

used interchangeably (Vickery, 1981; Walton and Brown, 1999). In broad term, they are

said to be any chemical or nutrient derived from a plant source. However, in common

usage, they have more limited definition. They are usually used to refer as compounds

found in plants that are not required for normal functioning of the body but nonetheless

have a beneficial effect on health or an active role in the amelioration of disease

(Vermeulen, 1998). The global trend in the preferences for natural products and away

from synthetics products promotes the use of phytochemicals in various industries. This

is further explained that plants which have a beneficial phytochemicals especially for

human health (Salleh, 1998) usually produced no adverse effect as compared to the

synthetics (Faridah, 1998). Furthermore, phytochemical is one of the recent terms

quoted by scientists and product developers during the 20th century (Love, 1999) to

support the emerging fields of the nutraceuticals, pharmaceuticals, cosmeceuticals and

phytochemical bio-pesticide.

Page 34: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

10

2.1.1 Metabolic pathway of the phytochemical insecticides

Phytochemical is defined as any organic substance or chemical constituent

obtained from plants (‘phyto’ is Greek for plants). However in scientific literature,

phytochemical is commonly used to describe the biologically active molecules in plants

that are not classified as vitamins or nutrients (Vermeulen, 1998; HealthComm

International, 1998). Phtyochemicals also refer to chemical active ingredient of plants.

The subject of phytochemistry deals with the chemical structures of the substances, their

biosynthesis, turnover and metabolism, their natural distribution and their biological

function (Harbone, 1998). Natural products can be classified into two major groups

based on the metabolic pathways and the function of the substances themselves

(Fasihuddin and Rahmah, 1993). Plant chemicals or phytochemicals are classified as

either primary or secondary metabolic products depending whether they play an

essential role in plant metabolism and are universally present in all plants (Vickery,

1981; Walton and Brown, 1999). Primary metabolism supplies all the necessary tools

(building blocks and energy) in order to enable the organisms to live. The term

‘secondary products’ or ‘secondary metabolites’ are applied to plant products that have

no apparent role in a growth and development of the plant (Manuel and James, 1985;

Bremness, 1994). Many are important as toxins or feeding deterrents and so contribute

to the plant.

Primary metabolites include common sugars, protein amino acids, purines and

pyrimidines of nucleic acids and chlorophyll. Secondary metabolites include a variety

of phytochemical families or groups and its common sources such as flavonoid

(e.g.: berries, herbs and vegetables); isoflavones or phytoestrogens (e.g.: barley and

soy); isothiocyanates (e.g.: cruciferous vegetables); monoterpenes (e.g.: citrus peels and

essential oils); organosulfur compounds (e.g.: chives, garlic and onions); saponin

(e.g.: beans, cereals and herbs); capsaicinoids (e.g.: chilli peppers) and phytosterol

(e.g.: vegetable oils). The phytochemical families or groups above are originated

respectively from three major compounds which are alkaloids (derived from amino acid,

the building block of proteins); terpenes (a group of lipids) and phenolics (derived from

Page 35: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

11

carbohydrates). However, in the light of present day knowledge, this variation is

subjective as there is no sharp division between the two metabolites (Vickery, 1981;

Walton and Brown, 1999). Figure 2.1 shows the basic metabolic pathway in plants.

Figure 2.1 Biosynthetic origins of some commercially important plant-derived

compounds. Major groups are indicated by boxes (Walton and Brown, 1999)

The less abundant secondary plant metabolites on the other hand, have

apparently no function in the plant metabolism and often derived from the primary

metabolites as a result of the chemical adaptation to environmental stress. These

chemicals serve as chemical defences against pest infestations. Furthermore, the

chemical defensive system is also called as ‘allelochemicals’ in which the adapting

ability derived from the production of special chemicals of secondary plant substances

(Yu and Hsu, 1985). Some of the higher plants are storehouse of extractable secondary

metabolites and usually sufficient to be economically viable as raw materials for the

Page 36: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

12

development of botanical pesticides as well as for pharmaceutical and other beneficial

applications. Such pesticidal, natural raw materials also provide stimulus for structural

modification and optimization of the lead molecules to obtain more effective crop

protection chemicals. On top of that, as estimated approximately 250,000 higher plant

species, very few have been surveyed and most remain unexploited and unutilized for

insecticidal active principles (Dev and Koul, 1997).

2.2 Derris elliptica or ‘Tuba’

Derris elliptica, or ‘Tuba’ as it is known locally is an insecticidal plant that has

been known to be used as bio-pesticide. ‘Tuba’ plant is a kind of woody creeper plant

and climber. Derris is a climbing plant of Southeast Asia and its roots contain rotenone,

a strong insecticide (Hutchison Encyclopaedia, 2000). It needs at least 75.0 % soil

moisture content and the surround temperature should be approximately 25 0C to 30 0C

to obtain high yield of the rotenone (mg) during its development. A calm area with low

acidity soil content enhances the production of rotenone (Grinda et al., 1986). In

Malaysia, ‘Tuba’ plants can be found abundantly in the area of palm oil and rubber

plantations. Many Malaysians farmers do not realized the potential of this particular

plant. This plant actually posses a great knockdown effect to the pest especially in the

order of Homoptera (e.g.: Diamondback moth; Plutella xylostella Linn.) (Suraphon and

Manthana, 2001). Figure 2.2 shows the species of Derris elliptica and Derris

malaccensis that can be easily found in the Peninsular of Malaysia. Furthermore, Derris

elliptica or locally known as ‘Tuba Kapur’ can be easily found on laterite or clays soil.

Meanwhile, Derris malaccensis or locally known as ‘Tuba Gading’ can be found on peat

soil (Saiful et al., 2003). Both of the species are extremely different in term of the

amount of fine and coarse roots collected during the pre-processing treatment wherein

Derris malaccensis procured more fine and coarse roots as well as the yield of rotenone

as compared to the Derris elliptica (Saiful et al., 2003).

Page 37: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

13

Figure 2.2 Derris species that abundantly available in the Peninsular of Malaysia:

(A) Derris elliptica and (B) Derris malaccensis (Saiful et al., 2003)

2.3 Scientific classification (taxonomy) and species

‘Tuba’ is a member of the leguminosae, fabaceae family which comprises of 200

genera and 68 species including 21 species of Tephrosia, 12 of Derris, 12 of

Lonchocarpus, 10 of Millettia and several of Mundula (John, 1944). Three species are

found in Malaysia, which are Derris elliptica, Derris malaccensis and Derris uliginosa

(Gaby, 1986).

2.3.1 Plant growth, development and ecology

Derris is a small shrub originating in the tropical rainforests of Malaysia. It

grows in lowland areas and does not thrive at higher altitudes. It is the roots, which

contain the active substances, mainly rotenone (Starr et al., 2003). Grown in the shade,

Derris malaccensis requires a period of 1½ years to 2 years for it to produce a

worthwhile content of rotenone. However grown in full sunlight, it needs only nine

(A) (B)

Page 38: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

14

months for the roots to develop sufficiently. Meanwhile, Derris elliptica required 26

months for the maximum development of the rotenone. Derris can propagate vegetative

and fully developed after six weeks. The crop is harvested by exposing the shallow

roots and cutting off those with a diameter of 2.0 cm to 6.0 cm wherein this range of

diameter have the highest yield of rotenone (mg). Furthermore, Derris thrives on many

soils but particularly on loams and clays (Gaby, 1986).

2.3.2 The cultivation condition of Derris elliptica

In Malaysia, the suitable areas to grow and develop Derris elliptica is in the area

of palm oil and rubber plantation with a loam and laterite soil (Saiful et al., 2003). In

the province of Soc Trang, Vietnam, Derris elliptica grows at the area of coastal sloppy

with a sandy soil like in Delta Mekong (Phan-Phuoc-Hien et al., 2003). In Vietnam, the

development of Derris elliptica for transplanting and harvesting are prepared in the late

rainy season with the aim to obtain high yield of rotenone. Unfortunately in Malaysia,

this plant is not as important in Vietnam in which they have been implemented and

established the cultivation techniques and technological process (Hao et al., 1998; Phan-

Phuoc-Hien et al., 2003) to produce different preparations of the insecticide products

(e.g.: emulsion concentrates, water milk and water-soluble powder preparations).

Therefore, there is no initiative from the Malaysian farmers to cultivate and use this

plant as an effective botanical insecticide although it has been scientifically proven to

kill insect pests with no major environmental problems. Furthermore, in the cultivation

techniques of Derris elliptica roots, this plant usually yielded approximately 1.8 to 3.4

times in the appropriate NPK application treatment as compared to the control treatment

(Hien et al., 1996). The preliminary researches on the formation, translocation, and

accumulation of rotenone in the Derris elliptica Benth conducted by Hien et al. (1996)

has showed that the yield of rotenone (mg) has the co-variations with their precursors

such as phenylalanine and methionine from the young to the old leaves. In this stage,

Page 39: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

15

the biosynthesis of phenylalanine, methionine and rotenone have the co-variations with

the photosynthetic rate. In contrast, from the old leaves to stems and roots are contrary.

In fact, phenylalanine and methionine content decreased about 50 % while the yield of

rotenone increased many times and offered the highest in the roots. The experiments

cutting sieve-tube for blocking the transportation of solutes in the phloem vascular

demonstrated that after biosynthezing in leaf, rotenone translocated downwards to the

lower organs by the phloem route and eventually accumulates in the root. Observing the

structure of the phloem and xylem gave an initial explanation on the mechanism of

‘load’ at the phloem cell source and ‘unload’ at the xylem cell sink of rotenone in the

Derris root. This is the way on how to increase the Derris root yield and yield of

rotenone (mg) at the plantation fields (Hien et al., 2000). Table 2.1 and Table 2.2 show

the existence of rotenone by different analysis methods and the amount of methionine,

phenylalanine and rotenone analyzed by reversed-phase HPLC.

Table 2.1: Existence of rotenone in Derris elliptica Benth plant’s organs determined by

different analysis methods (Hien et al., 1996)

Derris plant’s organs

By Irwin Hornstein’s Titration Method

By Colorimeter UV-VIS Method

By Weigh Measure D. C. Beach Method

Young leaf 0.79 % (w/w) 0.39 % (w/w) 0.54 mg Old leaf 1.36 % (w/w) 0.77 % (w/w) 1.21 mg Branch 1.77 % (w/w) 1.50 % (w/w) 1.69 mg Stem 2.21 % (w/w) 1.74 % (w/w) 1.91 mg Root’s core 9.94 % (w/w) 11.96 % (w/w) 10.32 mg Root’s bark 5.56 % (w/w) 5.80 % (w/w) 4.71 mg

Table 2.2: Rotenone, methionine and phenylalanine in different organs of Derris plant

analyzed by reversed-phase HPLC (Hien et al., 1996)

Derris plant’s organs

Methionine;mg/100 g

Phenylalanine;mg/100 g

Rotenone; % (w/w)

Young leaf 1.98 27.90 0.39 Old leaf 12.97 51.70 0.77 Stem 8.90 21.90 1.74 Root 5.90 26.90 11.60

Page 40: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

16

2.3.3 Current development on the cultivation of Derris elliptica

Currently, the intercropping model with other plant species such as Allium

ascalonium (onion shrub plant) was recommended to overcome the shortage of Derris

roots due to Derris monoculture habit by farmers in Vietnam (Phan-Phuoc-Hien et al.,

2003). This technique can also be utilized and implemented in Malaysia due to advance

facilities of the tissue culture laboratory as compared to the other Asia countries. The

intercropping model gained a lot of advantages such as root’s biomass yield and yield of

rotenone (mg) increase 24 % to 27 % as compared to the monoculture model. In

contrast, production expenditure of Derris in the former decreases 15 % to 20 % as

compared to the latter. Eventually, total profit of the intercropping model obtained 3.15

times as compared to the control (Derris monoculture). In addition, the new advanced

model has been applied largely and effectively in Soctrang province of Vietnam and has

proven to acquire high yield of rotenone (Hien et al., 1999).

2.4 Phytochemistry of Derris species

2.4.1 Outline of rotenone as an active chemical constituents

Derris elliptica and Derris malaccensis contain approximately 4.0 % (w/w) to

5.0 % (w/w) rotenone while Lonchocarpus utilis and Lonchocarpus urucu contain

approximately 8.0 % (w/w) to 10.0 % (w/w) rotenone in dried roots (Dev and Koul,

1997). Rotenone comprises of an isoflavone nucleus with an isoprene moiety attached

at C-8 of ring A as shown in Figure 2.3 (Kole et al., 1992). In addition, these plants

contain number of other isoflavonoids compound such as deguelin, 12αβ-rotenolone,

tephrosin, elliptone, sumatrol, toxicarol, malaccol and etc. (Dev and Koul, 1997) which

are toxic or induce behavioural or physiological effects. Low in mammalian toxicity,

Page 41: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

17

rotenone is mainly active as a contact or stomach poison. This isoflavonoid is extremely

toxic to cold-blooded animals (especially fish) (Matsumura, 1985) and piercing-sucking

insect such as aphids, red bugs, chewing insects especially caterpillars upon plants,

external parasites such as fleas and lice (John, 1944) but less active in birds and higher

animals (Andel, 2000). In fact, rotenone can enter the insect body through the

alimentary canal, tracheae or integument. It appears to kill insects by specific

inactivation of the respiratory enzyme, glutamic acid oxidase resulting in death through

oxygen (O2) starvation (John, 1944). Due to its low toxicity when ingested, fishes

stupefied by rotenone can be consumed by humans without any adverse reaction

(Acevedo-Rodriquez, 1990). Furthermore, rotenone has three major advantages: (1)

humans can digest it relatively safe (2) they are harmless to plants (non phyto-toxic)

(Gaby, 1986) and (3) it is unstable in light and heat, loosing almost all its toxicity after

two to three days (Matsumura, 1985; Hamid, 1999).

2.4.2 Physico-chemical properties of rotenoids

Five compounds have been isolated and characterized from the chloroform

extract which are deguelin, tephrosin, rotenone, 12αβ-rotenolone, 12α-hydroxyrotenone

(Mourad and Anne, 1986). Therefore, there is a number of toxic constituents that have

been isolated from the roots and seeds of Derris species and the most important of which

is rotenone with a chemical name of 1,2, 12a-tetrahydro-8,9-dimethoxy-2

(1-menthylethenyl-(1) benzopyrano (2,4-b) furo (2,3-h) (1) benzophyran-6 (6H)-one

with melting point (m.p) of 163 0C (Kidd and James, 1991). Rotenone has the following

molecular structure as shown in Figure 2.3.

Page 42: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

18

Figure 2.3 Rotenone molecular structures (Kidd and James, 1991; Kole et al., 1992)

Rotenone, with an empirical of C23H22O6, is an isoflavonoids compounds with a

molecular weight of 394.41 g/mol (Schnick, 1974). It consists of 70.04 % carbon, 5.62

% hydrogen and 24.34 % oxygen. It melts at 156 0C to 166 0C. Rotenone is very

soluble in a number of organic solvents like alcohol and acetone, but is practically

insoluble in water (John, 1944). According to Kidd and James (1991), rotenone is

slightly soluble in water with the amount of 15 mg/L at 100 0C. Beside that, the other

naturally occurring rotenoids are elliptone with melting point of 159 0C which has a

furan ring in place of the ring B of rotenone; sumatrol with melting point of 188 0C

which is 15-hydroxyrotenone; malaccol with melting point of 244 0C, which is 15-

hydroxyelliptone; toxicarol with melting point of 101 0C, which has a hydroxyl group at

carbon 15 (*); and deguelin with melting point of 165 0C to 171 0C which has a

hydrogen atom on carbon 15 (*) in place of the hydroxyl group of toxicarol. A related

material, tephrosin with melting point of 197 0C to 198 0C has a hydroxyl group on one

of the carbon atoms between rings A and C. It does not occur naturally in Derris resin

but it is an oxidation product of deguelin. All the naturally occurring rotenoids appear to

exist as levo forms. Furthermore, the toxicity level (LC50) of rotenoids resin against

targeted organism is largely unexplored, but individually rotenone is five to ten times as

effective as compared to the other rotenoids. The molecular structures of other rotenoids

such as 12αβ-rotenolone, deguelin and tephrosin are shown in Appendix J. In addition,

the yield of rotenone and total extractives (rotenoids resin) in the various commercial

plant species are variable. For example, the roots of Derris elliptica consist in

Page 43: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

19

approximately 5.0 % (w/w) to 13.0 % (w/w) rotenone with total ether extractives of

approximately 31.0 % (w/w). Derris malaccensis consist in approximately 4.0 % (w/w)

rotenone with total extractives of 27.0 % (w/w) and Lonchocarpus utilis consist in

approximately 8.0 % (w/w) to 11.0 % (w/w) rotenone with total extractives of 25.0 %

(w/w). When exposed to light and air, rotenone decomposes by changing from

colourless through yellow to deep red and resulting in non-insecticidal products. As for

that reason, rotenone preparation should be protected from light and heat during

handling and storage. Additionally, rotenone is readily oxidized in the presence of

alkaline to dihydrorotenone by eliminating two hydrogen atoms to form a double bond

between rings A and C (Schnick, 1974; Branbury, 1986). This material is less toxic than

rotenone, which should therefore be considered incompatible with alkaline dusts such as

lime and soaps and other alkaline wetting and spreading agents (John, 1944). Moreover,

pure crystalline rotenone is prepared by extracting the powdered roots with a solvent

such as ether or carbon tetrachloride and concentrating the solution to produce crystal.

Table 2.3 shows the solubility of pure rotenone in selected organic solvents at 20 0C

(John, 1944).

Table 2.3: The solubility of pure rotenone at 20 0Ca (John, 1944)

Solvent Solubility (g/100 ml)a Water 0.00002 Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol) 0.2 Carbon tetrachloride 0.6 Amyl acetate 1.6 Xylene 3.4 Acetone 6.6 Benzene 8.0 Chlorobenzene 13.5 Ethylene dichloride 33.0 Chloroform 47.2

Page 44: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

20

2.4.3 Rotenone stability in water

Rotenone is generally unstable and degrades rapidly in water. It has been shown

to degrade as fast as within fortnight of application (Schnick, 1974) but can also persist

for periods up to five month (Smith, 1941; Leonard, 1939). The length of degradation is

depend on many factors including light, temperature, turbidity, depth, presence of

organic debris and dose (Bradbury, 1986). Despite all the factors that go into rotenone

degradation, Schnick (1974) has reported that waters should still detoxify within five

weeks of the treatment. Rotenone is photochemically unstable and readily breakdown in

the presence of light (Kidd and James 1991). Light oxidatively decompose rotenone

into non-toxic dihydrorotenone and water (Schnick, 1974; Branbury, 1986). This

degradation process occurs at the quicker rate in the presence of high water temperature.

According to Grinda et al. (1986), one of the advantages of rotenone is its rapid

detoxification under natural conditions. In general, high alkalinity (more than pH 8.0 to

9.0), high temperatures (possibly more than 40 0C), abundant light and air and low

concentrations favour rapid detoxification of rotenone. The most apparent chemical or

physical property of the water which affects the breakdown of rotenone is temperature.

Table 2.4 shows variety of temperature condition in water to affect the rotenone

dissipation. Temperature appears to affect the breakdown of rotenone the most. As for

that reason, Dawson et al. (1991) concluded that higher water temperature would readily

facilitate the degradation of rotenone faster than lower water temperature. A variety of

rotenone concentration (ppm) also affected the detoxification of rotenone. Table 2.5

shows variety of rotenone concentration to affect the detoxification process of rotenone.

Table 2.4: Time of rotenone dissipation versus temperature (Grinda et al., 1986)

Temperature (0C) 10 15 20 25 Dissipation time (days) 26 14 7 4

Page 45: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

21

Table 2.5: Detoxification time of varies rotenone concentration (Grinda et al., 1986)

Concentrations (ppm) 1 4 8Detoxification time (days) 2 4 7

Turbidity and organic debris in water act by slowing down the decay of rotenone.

It has been shown that rotenone absorb to the sediment and organic particles and persist

for longer periods of time (Dawson et al., 1991). High turbidity also corresponds to the

low light penetration into water, which allows rotenone to be degraded at a slow rate.

Depth of water also plays a role in the breakdown of rotenone. Rotenone tends to

breakdown more readily in the shallow epilimnion of water bodies (Branbury, 1986).

Furthermore, Schnick (1974) has reported that each increase in depth of 1.0 ft (0.31 m)

in a pond increased the length of rotenone toxicity by two days. Not only the epilimnion

has usually warmer than the deeper hypolimnetic waters, but it also got lighter than

hypolimnion. These two factors act to increase the rate at which rotenone degrades in

such waters. As mentioned earlier, the early studies of rotenone degradation has showed

that rotenone break down into two simple products namely as non-toxic dihydrorotenone

and water (Bradbury, 1986). Dihydrorotenone with melting point of 216 0C is about as

toxic as rotenone to many insects and it is more resistant to the decomposition of

sunlight. Further study by Cheng et al. (1972) using photo-degradation, they have

identified that rotenone decomposes to at least 20 degradation products, most of which

are rotenoids. They have reported that only one product is fairly toxic namely as 12αβ-

rotenolone. The fact that other 19 or more degradation product is not toxic is one of the

reasons rotenone can be used safely as an environmental-friendly insecticide.

2.4.4 Rotenone stability in soil and groundwater

Rotenone is rapidly broken down in soil and in water. The half-life in both of

these environments is between one and three days respectively (Augustijn-Beckers et al.,

Page 46: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

22

1994). It does not readily leach from soil (Augustijn-Beckers et al., 1994), and it is not

expected to be a groundwater pollutant. Rotenone breaks down readily by exposure to

sunlight (Kidd and James 1991). Nearly all of the toxicity of the compound is lost in

five to six days of spring sunlight or two to three days of summer sunlight.

2.4.5 Rotenone stability in vegetation

Rotenone is a highly active but short-lived photo-sensitizer. This means that an

organism consuming the compound develops a strong sensitivity to the sun for a short

time (Phan-Phuac-Hien et al., 2003). A number of photodecomposition products are

formed when bean leaves are exposed to light. It is also sensitive to heat, with much of

the rotenone quickly lost at high temperatures (Phan-Phuac-Hien et al., 2003)

2.4.6 Types of rotenone formulation

The extract of Derris elliptica which contain rotenone and other toxic

constituents can be formulated and used in many form of insecticide products namely as:

(1) Dusts of ground Derris roots are mixed with 3.0 parts to 7.0 parts of carrier such

as talc, clay, gypsum, sulphur and tobacco or walnut shells ground to pass a 250

mesh to 350 mesh sieves. Furthermore, the impregnated dusts are also used

and produced by mixing the extract of ground Derris roots in a volatile solvent

with an adsorptive carrier. The solvent is then evaporated, leaving each dust

particle coated with the insecticide. This preparation is more uniform in

particle size as compared to the initial preparation of the ground Derris roots

Page 47: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

23

dust. Dusts containing 0.5 % (w/w) to 1.0 % (w/w) rotenone and 1.8 % (w/w) to

3.5 % (w/w) total extractives are effective against most insects controlled by

rotenone and should be used at 15.0 lbm (6.8 kg) to 25.0 Ibm (11.3 kg) per acre on

such crops of cabbage and celery. On top of that, alkaline carriers such as lime

should not be used with rotenone (John, 1944).

(2) Dispersible powders may be made from finely ground Derris roots. Two to five

pounds (0.9 kg to 2.3 kg) of Derris powder with 2.0 pounds (0.9 kg) of neutral

soap or the equivalent of the sulfonated oil will make 100 gallons (380 L) of

spray. For the small amount, an ounce of a 4.0 % (w/w) to 5.0 % (w/w) rotenone

dust and a teaspoonful of spreader should be used in 2.0 gallons (7.6 L) of water.

(3) The extract of Derris is also widely used as dried resin which contains 25.0 %

(w/w) to 35.0 % (w/w) rotenone. This dried resin is usually used as emulsifiable

concentrates (EC) or known as spray oils. Because of the limited solubility of

rotenone in spray oils which is approximately 0.05 % (w/w), mutual solvents are

generally employed to increase the solubility to practical limits. Materials which

have been employed for this purpose are dibutyl phthalate, methylated

naphtalenes, alkylated phenols and high boiling ethers. The concentrated

solutions may either used as fly and cattle spray or emulsified in water as

agricultural sprays. Rotenone concentrates containing 1.0 % (w/w) rotenone and

3.5 % (w/w) to 4.0 % (w/w) total extractives may be diluted 1.0 part to 600 or

800 parts of water. For aphids, the rotenone concentrates may be diluted 1.0 part

to 800 parts of water which contain rotenone approximately 0.00125 % (w/w).

Page 48: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

CHAPTER III

PROCESSING, ANALYSIS AND TOXICOLOGY

3.1 Introduction

Herbal extraction processes are used to produce herbal extracts from the herbal raw

material in several forms. These are including the extracts which contain the soluble

constituents, oleoresins which contain the volatile and non-volatile constituents and

essential oils which only contain the volatile constituents from the plant material

(Vickery, 1981; Manuel, 1985). Herbal extract could be defined as a compound mixture

obtained from the fresh or dried plant or parts of the plant such as leaves, flowers, seeds,

roots and barks by different extraction procedures. Normally, the active constituents are

obtained together with other materials present in the vegetal mass such as resins, fats,

waxes, chlorophyll and colouring materials. Moreover, the extraction of bio-active

components from the vegetal materials is an essential part of the nutraceuticals,

pharmaceuticals, cosmeceuticals and phytochemical bio-pesticide industry (Rice, 1995;

Mircea, 2001; Pinelo et al., 2006). Therefore, the key objective of this research work

was to determine the appropriate processing parameters with the aim to produce high

yield of rotenoids resin (g) and yield of rotenone (mg). Therefore, it is important to

Page 49: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

25

understand the background of the herbal extraction processes and to discover the

correlation between the operating conditions, the yield obtained as well as the toxicity

level of the extract.

3.1.1 Extraction method

To obtain extracts from the vegetal materials, several methods are available:

(Harborne, 1984; Houghton and Raman, 1998; Mircea, 2001).

(1) Distillation:

(a) Direct essential oil distillation.

(b) Water steam distillation.

(c) Water and steam distillation.

(2) Conventional extraction technique or solvent extraction:

(a) Solvent extraction (percolation).

(b) Maceration with solvent or Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE).

(c) Boiling with water (infusion).

(d) Extraction with cold fat (enfleurage).

(e) Extraction with hot fat.

(3) Cold compression, which is the usual method for the natural oil industry.

(4) Non-conventional extraction technique:

(a) Supercritical Fluid Extraction (SFE).

(b) Vortical or turbo extraction.

(c) Extraction by electrical energy.

(d) Ultrasonic Assisted Extraction (UAE).

(e) High-pressure liquid extraction (Accelerated Solvent Extraction).

Page 50: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

26

Nowadays, three promising technologies that are expended and applied in the

pharmaceuticals, cosmeceuticals, food industries and agriculture for pest control are

Supercritical Fluid Extraction (SFE), Accelerated Solvent Extraction (ASE) and

Ultrasonic Assisted Extraction (UAE). Supercritical Fluid Extraction (SFE) utilises a

supercritical fluid such as carbon dioxide (CO2) to extract the phytochemical of interest

from the plant matrix (Smith, 1999; Lang and Wai, 2001; Catchpole et al., 2002). By

varying the temperature and pressure, the permeability and solubility of the supercritical

fluid is varied and can be adjusted to extract and precipitate the specific compound of

interest. However, due to the high cost of operation as well as the consumer preference

of whole herbal extract approach to phytochemical processing, this method is rarely

used. The high-pressure liquid extraction method has been developed to use

conventional fluids under higher pressure and temperature conditions. A solvent such as

ethanol is heated under high pressure to enhance the solvent permeation and solute

solubility during extraction process. This method also known as Accelerated Solvent

Extraction (ASE) has reduced the extraction time significantly as well as produced high

yield of the extract (Ollanketo et al., 2002; Choi et al., 2003). Unfortunately, it is

currently utilized only on a small laboratory and analytical scale due to high

maintenance and operating cost. Lastly, the Ultrasonic Assisted Extraction (UAE) has

been utilized as a method to enhance the conventional extraction method such as

percolation and maceration. It is found that the application of ultrasonic waves during

the extraction process does increase the yield as well as reduce the extraction time under

certain condition (Mircea, 2001).

3.2 Extraction mechanism

Vegetal tissue consists of cells surrounded by the walls as shown in Figure 3.1.

The extraction mechanism involves two types of physical phenomena:

Page 51: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

27

(A) Diffusion through the cell walls.

(B) Washing out (rinsing) the cell contents once the walls are broken.

Figure 3.1 Schematic diagram of vegetal cell structures (Mircea, 2001)

Currently, the Ultrasonic Assisted Extraction (UAE) is the most preferable

unconventional method used to extract high yield of bio-active constituents either in the

aqueous extract, essential oil or oleoresin. In fact, both phenomena above are

significantly affected by the ultrasonic irradiation of the Ultrasonic Assisted Extraction

(UAE) as compared to the other unconventional method. Theoretically, some cells that

existed in the form of glands (external or internal) are filled with essential oil or

oleoresin (Mircea, 2001). A characteristic of such glands (when external) is that their

skin is very thin and can be very easily destroyed by any method of extraction such as

sonication. Thus, the extraction of essential oil as well as fat oil (oleoresin) is facilitated

by sonication. Moreover, the milling degree of the vegetal material plays an important

role for the internal glands (Mircea, 2001). It is obvious by reducing the size of the

vegetal material particles will increase the number of the cells directly exposed to

extraction by solvent. This effect can be utilized by milling the material before

extraction (Mircea, 2001).

Diffusion

Rising

Page 52: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

28

3.2.1 Principles of solid-liquid extraction

Solid-liquid extraction involves a mass transfer from one phase to another or in

other words it is concerned with the extraction of a soluble constituent from a solid by

means of solvent. Solid-liquid extraction is also known as leaching (Harborne, 1984;

Coulson et al., 1991; Houghton and Raman, 1998).

3.2.1.1 Types of solid-liquid extraction

There are several types of solid-liquid extraction such as percolation, infusion or

maceration and countercurrent extraction method (soxhlet). For this particular study, the

maceration method is employed due to its simplicity to handle and collect the samples.

Furthermore, infusion are prepared by leaving the plant material to soak in the solvent

generally at room temperature for a period of time with or without intermittent shaking,

followed by the filtration to separate the plant debris (Houghton and Raman, 1998).

3.2.1.2 Desirable features for the extracting solvent

There is no such thing as ‘universal solvent’. The solvent extraction is unique

for each separation problem. Among the desirable features for the extracting solvents

are high capacities for the species being extracted into it, selective in dissolving the

desired compounds, low mutual solubility with water, easily generated, have suitable

physical properties such as density, viscosity and surface tension and relatively

inexpensive, non-toxic and non-corrosive (Rydberg et al., 1992).

Page 53: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

29

3.2.1.3 Leaching process (solid-liquid extraction)

Many biological, inorganic and organic substances occurred in a mixture of

different components in a solid. In order to separate the desired solute constituent or

remove undesirable solute components from the solid phase, the solid is contacted with a

liquid phase. The two phases are in intimate contact and the solute or solutes can diffuse

from the solid to liquid phase, which causes the separation of the components originally

in the solid. This process is known as leaching (Geankoplis, 1995).

Leaching is concerned with the extraction of a soluble constituent from the solid

by means of solvent. The process can be used for the production of a concentrated

solution of a valuable solid material. As far as the amount of soluble constituent present,

its distribution throughout the solid determines the method used for the leaching process.

If the solute is uniformly dispersed in the solid, the material near the surface will

dissolve first, leaving a porous structure in the solid residue (Geankoplis, 1995). The

solvent will then have to penetrate this outer layer before it can reach further solute and

the process will become progressively more difficult and the extraction rate will fall. If

the solute forms a very high amount of the solid, the porous structure may break down

almost immediately to give a fine deposit of insoluble residue and the access to the

solute will difficult and need for further treatment (Geankoplis, 1995; Mircea, 2001).

Generally, the process can be considered in three parts:

(A) The change of phase of solutes as it dissolves in the solvent.

(B) Diffusion through the solvent in the pores of solid to the outside of the particle.

(C) The transfer of the solute from the solution in contact with the particles to the

main bulk of the solution.

These processes may be responsible for limiting the extraction rate, though the

first process usually occurs so rapidly that it has negligible the effect of overall rate of

the extraction process.

Page 54: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

30

In the biological and food processing industries, many products are separated

from their original structure by the leaching process. One of the important processes is

the use of organic solvents such as hexane, acetone and ether to extract the oil from

peanut, soybean, flax seeds, castor beans and sunflower seeds (Geankoplis, 1995). In

the pharmaceutical industry, many different pharmaceutical products are obtained by

leaching plant roots, leaves and stems.

Biological materials such as Derris root are cellular in structure and the soluble

constituents are generally found inside the cells. The rate of leaching may be

moderately slow because the cell walls provide another resistance to diffusion. As for

the leaching of bio-active constituents such as rotenone from the leaves, stems and roots,

drying and milling of the plant materials before extraction helps to rupture the cells

walls so that the resistance of diffusion can be minimized (Mircea, 2001).

3.2.2 Extraction of the rotenone and rotenoids resin: An overview of the pilot and

industrial plant scale production

The mass production of high quality and amount of rotenone in rotenoids resin

has been developed since 1980’s by the European company called SAPHYR S. A. R. L.

(France). According to Grinda et al. (1986), they have invented a method that extract

the insecticidal materials contain in the plants by means of liquid which entirely

harmless, both to man and to animals. The method developed successfully extracted

rotenone with the highest yield using the alkyl esters (butyl, hexyl and octyl esters of

fatty acids) up to approximately 36.0 % (w/w) in the cube rotenoids resin. According to

this invention that have been released on the USPTO PATENT 1987, the extraction

process is initially done using 100.0 g of finely crushed Derris powder into a 250 ml of

extraction vessel provided with agitator. The finely crushed Derris powder is soaked

with 25.0 g of octyl stearate and 160.0 g of methylene chloride. The solvent-to-solid

Page 55: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

31

ratio of methylene chloride and octyl stearate mixture is approximately 2.0 ml/g. After

agitating for half an hour at 45 0C, the treated powder is separated from the Liquid Crude

Extract (LCE) by filtration and washed on the filter with 50.0 g of methylene chloride.

The Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) is introduced into a round-bottom flask with reflux

condenser, in which the methylene chloride is distilled so as to recover it. Finally, 39.0

g of rotenoids resin is produced with 36.0 % (w/w) rotenone and 64.0 % octyl stearate.

It is observed that the yield of rotenoids resin and rotenone in finely crushed Derris

powder of this product is 39.0 % (w/w) and 14.0 % (w/w) respectively. By diluting this

product with an equal volume of octyl stearate, a 7.0 % (w/w) rotenone solution is

obtained which can be used directly as an insecticide composition. A fraction of the

viscous product is emulsified in the presence of surface active agent with 10 times its

volume of water to serve as spray for plants in order to combat against targeted insects.

Meanwhile, a method of extracting rotenone with fewer chemicals, economically

viable and environmental-friendly is being investigated by Chemical Engineering Pilot

Plant (CEPP) researchers. This new approaches are crucial due to the yield of rotenone

(mg) extracted from the Malaysian species (Derris elliptica and Derris malaccensis) are

lower than market values. Therefore, the main consideration is to avoid as much as

possible thermal degradation that might occurred in the production line and to find the

right solvent that extracts more rotenone and environmental-friendly. Acetone and

ethanol are the appropriate organic solvent that suite with the requirement and also have

the capability to extract large amount of rotenoids resin (mg) as well as the rotenone

content (mg). The rotenone extraction methods that can be found from 1930 to 2003 are

summarized and shown in Table 3.1.

A process flow diagram of pilot plant scale is shown in Figure 3.2 comprises of a

few stages. It started with a selection and harvests the roots conforming to the

specifications to assure high purity of rotenoids resin and total extractives. The roots are

chopped to the correct size before been fed onto the extraction vessel. An appropriate

amount of oxalic acid, deionized water (DIW) and ethanol (acetone is the most

preferable solvent to extract more rotenone) are charged into the extraction vessel. The

Page 56: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

32

extraction process is carried out for about 12 hours. After the extraction cycle

completed, the Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) from the extraction vessel is transferred to

the intermediate holding tank using the transfer pump and strainer. Using the same

pump and fine strainer, the extract is transferred to the evaporator unit for the recovery

of solvent. The rule of thumb for this recovery unit is to avoid the thermal degradation

that occurred during the concentration process using high vacuum pressure pump. This

is to assure that the minimum operating temperature of 40 0C have a sufficient heat and

vacuum pressure to evaporate solvent as quicker as possible at maximum rate of the

solvent recovery. Finally, the product is discharged to another storage tank of the

Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE). On top of that, the polyolefin containers

are used for storages, protecting the products against excess heat and light.

Figure 3.2 Layout of the pilot plant scale production of the Concentrated Liquid

Crude Extract (CLCE) (Saiful et al., 2003)

Page 57: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

33

Table 3.1: Rotenone extraction methods (Saiful et al., 2003)

SOURCES SOLVENT USED REMARKS CLAIM Kilgore (1936); US-Patent

Mesityl oxide oxalate, n-butyl ester

U.S. Patent No.: 2,149,917 METHOD: Unknown

The extract is a red-yellow colour and contains approximately 0.8 % (w/w) rotenone

Whitmino (1941); US-Patent

90 % carbon tetrachloride and 10 % dichloro diethylether

U.S. Patent No.: 2,267,385 METHOD: Unknown

The residuum is in the form of gummy mass which may contain from 2.0 % (w/w) to 12.0 % (w/w) rotenone

Gosselin (1984); Hayes (1982)

Chloroform, benzene

Laboratory research METHOD: Unknown

Not stated

Grinda et al. (1986); US-Patent

Metylene chloride and octyl stearate aliphatic acid ester (preferably C6 to C30)

U.S. Patent No.: 4,698,222 and assignee: SAPHYR S. A. R. L (France) METHOD: Accelated Solvent Extraction (ASE)

The yield of rotenoids resin and rotenone in finely crushed roots of this product are 39.0 % (w/w) and 14.0 % (w/w) respectively

Suraphon and Manthana (2001) (Thailand)

Ethanol Laboratory research. METHOD: Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE) with agitation and soxhlet extraction method

The yield of rotenone in dried roots is 5.20 % (w/w) to 8.60 % (w/w)

Gusmao et al. (2002); Brazil

Ethanol Laboratory research. METHOD: Unknown

Not stated

Saiful et al. (2003); Malaysia

Acetone Laboratory research: Temperature (0C): Ambient (26 ± 2 0C) Solvent-to-solid ratio: 10.0 ml/g Raw material particles size: 0.5 to 2.0 mm in diameter Extraction time: 24 hours METHOD: Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE)

The yield of rotenoids resin and rotenone in dried roots are approximately 9.50 % (w/w) and 1.95 % (w/w) respectively. Product is identical to the commercial product of SAPHYR S. A. R. L (France) and analytical grade (SIGMA-Aldrich™)

Page 58: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

34

3.3 Analytical methods

Natural product extracts contain a wide variety of chemical compounds. Derris

elliptica and Derris malaccensis have over six major chemical constituents. To assist in

the quantitative determination as well as the qualitative identification of the extract

bio-active constituents, various analytical techniques have been used. Two major

techniques have been utilized in this study, which include Thin Layer Chromatography

(TLC) and reversed-phase High Performance Liquid Chromatography (RP-HPLC).

3.4 Toxicology

Toxicology is the science that deals with the study of adverse effects chemicals

or physical agents may produce in living organisms under specific conditions of

exposure. It is a science that attempts to qualitatively all the hazards, for example the

organ toxicities that associated with a substance as well as to quantitatively determine

the exposure conditions under which those hazard or toxicities are induced (Gosselin et

al., 1984; Philip, 2000). Toxicology is the science that experimentally investigates the

occurrence, nature, incidence, mechanism and risk factors for the adverse effects of toxic

substances (Philip, 2000).

3.4.1 The use of biological assays to evaluate botanicals

Bioassays offer a special advantage in the standardization and quality control of

heterogeneous botanical products. Products can be ‘heterogeneous’ due to the presence

mixtures of the bio-active compounds either from the same or from purposefully mixed

botanical sources (Gosselin et al., 1984; Philip, 2000). Physical analytical methods such

Page 59: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

35

as chromatography are inadequate for this purpose as they are usually insensitive to the

chemical complexities found in crude botanicals extract. Most often the desired

biological response is due to a mixture of bio-active components and the relative

proportions of single bio-active compounds can vary from batch to batch while the

biological activity still remains within tolerable limits. Thus, physical or chemical

analysis of a single component in such mixtures is not completely satisfactory.

Unfortunately, the goal of many phytochemists has been simply to isolate, characterize

and publish botanically derived chemical substances without regard to the bioassay. To

achieve applied meaning and significance, today’s work in natural product chemistry

must incorporate bioassay. The extracts must be screened for biological activity

whereby the ‘active’ extracts will be selected and fractionated for further exploitation.

This is the salvation of the natural product chemist and such work must be performed

with all useful bio-active botanicals if these products are to be accepted and incorporated

into legitimate, long term and health practices. Three readily available technologies

must be combined are:

(A) Separation techniques (Vacuum Liquid Chromatography).

(B) Structural elucidation methods (Spectrophotometers and X-ray crystallography).

(C) Simple bioassays.

Nowadays natural product chemists are very familiar with the first two but

generally they ignore the third. Standardization of the products by biological assays will

then generate reproducible benefits and increase consumer confidence. In addition, in

such specific bioassays, the same extracts have to be analyzed many times over and over

again before detecting activities. It would seem more logical to pre-screen with general

bioassays, throw out the negatives and employ specific bioassays on the activities. The

four pre-screening bioassays that useful are:

(A) Brine Shrimp Lethality: A rapid general bioassay for bio-active compounds.

(B) Crown gall tumours on potato disc: An animal sparing bioassay for anti-tumour

compounds.

Page 60: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

36

(C) Frond inhibition of Lemna (duckweed): A bioassay for plant growth stimulants

inhibitors.

(D) Yellow Fever Mosquito (YFM) Test: A bioassay for pesticides.

3.4.1.1 Dose-response curves

The major purpose for performing the biological assay is to establish a cause

effect relationship between exposure to a toxic substance and an observed effect in order

to determine a safe exposure limit (Van, 1991). In general, as the dose increases, so

does the number of individually in each group demonstrating the measure response. By

plotting this information on a graph, with the horizontal axis representing the increasing

of doses and vertical axis representing the increasing of response, a curve can be drawn

in which illustrate the relationship between the dose administered and the observed

response (Taylor, 1985). This curve is referred to as a dose-response curve as shown in

Figure 3.3.

Figure 3.3 Dose-response curve (Van, 1991)

Increasing Dose (ppm or µg/ml)

Max

imum

Eff

ect R

ange

No-

effe

ct R

ange

Incr

easi

ng E

ffec

t (%

mor

talit

y)

RANGE OF INCREASING EFFECT (%) WITH INCREASING DOSE (ppm)

Thr

esho

ld

Page 61: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

37

A dose-response curve can be developed for most phytochemicals and chemicals.

From these curves the thresh-old level and the relative toxicity of chemicals can be

obtained to help establish safe levels of phytochemical and chemical exposure

(Raven, 1973). A threshold is a dose below which no effect is detected or above which

an effect is first observed. The threshold information is useful in extrapolating animal

data to humans and calculating what may be considered a safe human dose for a given

substance.

The threshold dose (ThD0.0) is measured as mg/kg/day. It is assumed that

humans are as sensitive as the test animal used. To determine the equivalent dose in

man, the ThD0.0 is multiplied by an average weight of a man, which is considered to be

70.0 kg. The calculation used to determine the safe human dose (SHD) is as follows:

where;

SHD: Safe Human Dose.

ThD0.0: Threshold Dose at which no effect is observed.

70.0 kg: Average weight of a man.

SF: Safety factor (ranges from 10 to 1,000), which varies according to type of test and

data used to obtain the ThD0.0.

The safety factor chosen is dependent on the slope of the dose-response curve,

type of experimental animal used, and the availability of data from human exposure. In

general, the lower LD50 or LC50, the larger safety factor used. The lower LD50 or LC50

implies a more toxic substance, and a higher safety factor is chosen to ensure that a safe

human dose established. For example, presume the ThD0.0 for substance A has the LD50

of 0.5 mg/kg and the ThD0.0 for substance B has the LD50 of 5.0 mg/kg. If all other test

protocols are the same, substance A is 10 times more toxic than substance B.

SHD = ThD0.0 × 70.0 kg/SF = Amount mg/day of toxic substance (3.1)

Page 62: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

38

Therefore, to determine a safe human dose the safety factor chosen for substance

A will be larger (100 or 1000) than the safety factor chosen for substance B, which may

be 10. Performing the calculations using these data will result in a safe human dose for

substance A being smaller that for substance B.

SHDA = 0.5 mg/kg × 70.0 kg/100 = 0.35 mg/day of toxic substance A.

SHDB = 5.0 mg/kg × 70.0 kg/10 = 35.0 mg/day of toxic substance B.

3.4.1.2 Hazard indicator categories

The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has established four toxicity

categories based on the LD50 or LC50 as well as an eye and skin effects of the various

pesticides. The user is the key to these toxicity categories wherein there is a signal

words present on the front panel of the pesticide label. Table 3.2 summarizes these

toxicity categories. Toxicity is usually expressed as the acute oral LD50. Acute oral

refers to a single dose taken by mouth or ingested. Acute dermal refers to a single dose

applied directly to the skin (skin absorption). Inhalation refers to exposure through

breathing or inhaling.

Page 63: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

39

Table 3.2: Hazard indicator categories (EPA, 1996)

< Most toxic/hazardous > Least

toxic/hazardous I II III IV

Oral aLD50: 0 to 50 bmg/kg

50 to 500 mg/kg 500 to 5,000 mg/kg > 5,000 mg/kg

Inhalation cLC50: 0 to 0.02 dmg/L

0.2 to 2.0 mg/L 2.0 to 20.0 mg/L > 20.0 mg/L

Dermal (skin) aLD50: 0 to 200 mg/kg

200 to 2,000 mg/kg 2,000 to 20,000 mg/kg

> 20,000 mg/kg

Eye effects: Corrosive - corneal opacity not reversible within 7 days.

Corneal opacity reversible within 7 days. Irritation.

No corneal opacity. Irritation reversible within 7 days.

No irritation.

Skin effects: Corrosive.

Severe irritation at 72 hours.

Moderate irritation 72 hours.

Mild or slight irritation at 72 hours.

Signal words - DANGER/POISON: In large boldfaced letters on the label and usually accompanied by skull and crossbones symbol.

WARNING: In large boldfaced letters.

CAUTION: In large boldfaced letters.

CAUTION: In large boldfaced letters.

Acute (single) oral dosage to human adults: Few drops to 1 teaspoon.

1 teaspoon to 2 tablespoons.

1 ounce to pint > 1 pint

aLD50: Abbreviation for the amount toxicant (poison) needed to kill 50 % of a test animal population. It is expressed in terms of weight. LD50 is used to measure the acute oral and dermal toxicity of a chemical. The lower the LD50 value, the more poisonous the chemical. LD50 is not a measure of environmental hazard. bmg/kg: mg of chemical per kg of test animal body weight. cLC50: Abbreviation for the amount of toxicant (poison) present in air or water. It is expressed in terms of parts per millions (ppm = mg/L). The lower the LC50 value, the more poisonous the chemical. LC50 is not a measure of environmental hazard. dmg/L: mg of chemical per litre of air or water.

Page 64: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

40

3.4.1.3 Toxicity assessment by probit analysis

The relationship between the concentration of an environmental toxicant and its

lethal effects on living organism is often a sigmoidal curve (Finney, 1964). Low

concentration may cause no mortality among members of the test group while high

concentrations cause 100 % mortality. Intermediate levels cause various degrees of

partial-kill in which some organisms die while others live. There are many ways to

analyze the results of such a quantal bioassay. One popular method is to use probit

analysis to make the sigmoidal response curve into straight line so that the contaminant

concentration (LC50) that is lethal to 50 % of the test group can be calculated (Finney,

1971; Hewlett and Plankett, 1979). The manual calculation of the probit analysis is

shown in the Appendix E. The LC50 value can be determined by two methods (Finney

and Colquhoun, 1971):

(1) Construct a graph of the logarithm-converted concentrations (on the X-axis)

versus the probit values (on the Y-axis). Plot only the concentrations with

corrected mortalities between 1.0 and 99.0 %. Draw a straight line of best fit

through the plotted points. Draw a horizontal line from 5.00 (the probit value of

50.0 %) on the Y-axis across to its intersection with the fitted line and observe

the value of X at the intersection point. Calculate the inverse log10 (antilog) of

this value to find the LC50.

(2) Using a statistical calculator or computer, conduct a least-squares simple linear

regression of logarithm-converted concentrations (X) versus the probit values

(Y). Use only concentrations with corrected mortalities between 1.0 % and 99.0

%. From the fitted regression equation (the correlation coefficient (R2) should

exceed at least 0.5), determine the predicted value of X associated with Y = 5.00

(the probit value of 50.0 %). Calculate the inverse log10 (anti-log) of this value

to find the LC50.

Page 65: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

41

3.4.2 Brine Shrimp (Artemia salina) Lethality study

3.4.2.1 Artemia life history

The brine shrimp (Artemia salina) is in the phylum arthropoda, class crustacean

and is closely related to zooplankton like copepods and Daphnia as shown in Figure 3.4.

Artemia life cycle begins by the hatching of dormant cysts which are encased embryos

that are metabolically inactive. The cysts can remain dormant for many years as long as

they are kept dry (McLaughlin, 1991; Frank et al., 1996; McLaughlin and Rogers,

1998).

3.4.2.2 Hatching the Artemia

When the cysts are placed into salt water, they are re-hydrated and resume their

development. After 15 to 20 hours at 77 oF (25 oC), the cyst bursts and the embryo

leaves the shell. For the first few hours, the embryo hangs beneath the cyst shell, still

enclosed in a hatching membrane. This is called the umbrella stage. During this stage,

Figure 3.4 An adult of Artemia salina: (A) male; (B) female (Frank et al., 1996)

(A) (B)

Page 66: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

42

the nauplius completes its development and emerges as free swimming nauplii. In the

first larval stage, the nauplii are a brownish orange color because of its yolk reserves and

do not feed because its mouth and anus are not fully developed. Approximately 12

hours after hatch they molt into the second larval stage and they start filter feeding on

various micro algae, bacteria and detritus (McLaughlin, 1991; Frank et al., 1996).

The nauplii will grow and progress through 15 molts before reaching adulthood

in about 8 days. Adult Artemia average about 8.0 mm long, but can reach lengths up to

20.0 mm. An adult is a 20 times increase in length and a 500 times increase in biomass

from the nauplii stage. In low salinity and optimal food levels, fertilized females usually

produce free swimming nauplii at a rate of up to 75 nauplii per day (Ken, 1999). They

will produce 10 to 11 broods over an average life cycle of 50 days. Under super ideal

conditions, adult Artemia can live as long as three months and produce up to 300 nauplii

or cysts every 4 days (McLaughlin, 1991; Frank, 1996).

3.4.2.3 Harvesting the nauplii

Harvest the nauplii by turning off the air or remove the air stone and let the

culture settle for about ten minutes. Hatched, empty shells float to the surface, and

unhatched cysts will sink to the bottom (Frank et al., 1996; Ken, 1999). The newly

hatched nauplii will concentrate just above the unhatched cysts on the bottom. Since the

newly hatched nauplii are attracted to light (phototropic), by shining a flashlight at the

centre of the bottle can concentrate them where it is easy to siphon them off or drain the

cysts off the bottom using the valve then drain the nauplii onto another container (Frank

et al., 1996; McLaughlin and Rogers, 1998). The unhatched cysts should be used in the

next culture and not thrown away since part of them might be hatch with the next batch.

Page 67: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

43

3.4.2.4 Maintenance of brine shrimp

Being a low volume operation, water quality can deteriorate rapidly, especially

as biomass increases. The problem usually occurs because of over feeding, which leads

to fouling and low oxygen levels. To help overcome this problem, the tank should be

taken care seriously. Clean up the bottom every couple of days, turning off the air and

let the tank to be settled. Meanwhile siphon the crap off the bottom of the tank and

change the salt water about 20.0 % of total volume used per week is adequate enough for

their life cycle development (Frank et al., 1996; Ken, 1999). Moderate aeration with

coarse or air stones, good water quality and generally clean conditions are all important

for raising high densities of adult brine shrimp. Since the Artemia feed constantly, faster

growth rates and better survival is achieved by multiple or continuous feeding over a 24

hours period. Usually, Artemia are drawn to a strong light. The strong light actually

affects their development by slowing down the growth rates. This is due to the increase

of their swimming activity and energy expenditure. Therefore, a sufficient light is

needed for their normal development. Furthermore, in low light the Artemia will spread

out in the water column, swimming slowly and achieving more efficient food

conservation (McLaughlin, 1991; McLaughlin and Rogers, 1998). A complete Brine

Shrimp hatchery system is shown in Figure 3.5.

Page 68: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

44

Figure 3.5 Example of the Brine Shrimp hatchery system (Ken, 1999)

3.4.2.5 Optimum Artemia survival condition

Cyst production is induced by conditions of high salinity and chronic food

shortages with high oxygen fluctuations between day and night (McLaughlin and

Rogers, 1998). Adults can tolerate short exposures to temperatures as extreme as 0 oF to

104 oF (-18 oC to 40 oC). Optimal temperature for cyst hatching and adult grow out is 77 oF to 86 oF (25 oC to 30 oC), but there are differences between other strains. Artemia

prefer a salinity of 30.0 ppt to 35.0 ppt (SG: 1.02 gml-1 to 1.03 gml-1) and can live in

fresh water for about 5 hours before they die (Frank et al., 1996; Ken, 1999).

Page 69: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

45

3.4.3 Rotenone toxicology data

3.4.3.1 Mode of action

Rotenone inhibits the oxidation of NADH to NAD, blocking the oxidation by

NAD of substrates such as glutamate, α-ketoglutarate, and pyruvate. Rotenone inhibits

the mitochondrial respiratory chain between diphosphopyridine nucleotide and flavine.

This blockade is overcome by Vitamin K3 (menadione sodium bisulphate), which

apparently activates a bypass of the rotenone sensitive site. Rotenone is a powerful

inhibitor of mitochondrial electron transport. The regulation of fatty acid synthesis in

mitochondria by rotenone may be altered after chronic administration, resulting in fatty

changes in the liver (Hayes, 1982; Gosselin, 1984; Goodman and Gilman, 1985).

3.4.3.2 Toxicity

(a) Human data

Adults - Mean lethal oral dose is about 0.3 g/kg to 0.5 g/kg (Gosselin, 1984).

Mammals are not highly susceptible to rotenone because they are protected by

effective oxidizing enzyme system (Schick, 1974) and inefficient gastrointestinal

absorption (Bradbury, 1986).

Children - Mean lethal oral dose is estimate from 0.3 g/kg to 0.5 g/kg (Gosselin,

1984). In one fatal case, postmortem concentration of rotenone in the stomach

and blood were 1,260 ppm and 2.4 ppm (De-Wilde, 1986).

Page 70: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

46

(b) Aquatic life data

Rotenone is highly toxic for aquatic life. Most of the LC50 values (96 hours of

treatment) for different fish species and daphnids (water fleas) lie in the range of

0.02 mg/L to 0.2 mg/L (ppm). If used as a piscicide, it may also cause a

temporary decrease in numbers of other aquatic organisms, such as daphnids

(WHO, 1992). On top of that, the use of rotenone in a large scale eradication of

the troublesome carnivorous piranha fish was done in Brazil. It was found that

piranha more sensitive than other regional species to the rotenone. Tests showed

that powdered rotenone at the rate of 0.2 ppm, eliminated the piranha (egg,

larvae, young and adult) within 20 mins. Therefore, rotenone has a number of

advantages as a fish toxicant including low mammalian toxicity at level of use

and rapid detoxification in treated waters. Lethal Concentration (LC50) is

variously reported to be between 0.01 ppm to 0.10 ppm (Grinda et al., 1986).

There is a demand for specific species toxicants to eliminate undesired species

while leaving desired fish unaffected. Some success has been achieved using

rotenone at levels of concentration and by modes of application that differentiate

between species susceptibility and living habits (Grinda et al., 1986).

(c) Relevant animal data

The Lethal Dose (LD50) values in milligram per kilogram (mg/kg) of body

weight in mammals are ranged from 50 to 300 (Ellenhorn and Barceloux, 1988).

Rat (oral) 60 to 132, rat (intravenous) 0.2 to 0.3, Mouse (intraperitonial) 5.4,

rabbit (oral) 1.5, rabbit (dermal) 100 to 200 and rabbit (intravenous) 0.35 to 0.65

(Hayes, 1982). For rat and dog, experimental inhalation of rotenone dust

produced symptoms within minutes. The onset of poisoning is more rapid than

after oral administration and the fatal dose is lower (Hayes, 1982). In addition,

the effect to other organism such as honeybees is nontoxic and harmless.

However, it is toxic to bees when used in combination with pyrethrum (Shane

and Doug, 2000).

Page 71: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

47

(d) Relevant in vitro data

In isolated rat liver mitochondria, the aerobic oxidation of pyruvate is almost

completely inhibited by rotenone (Hayes, 1982).

(e) Workplace standards

The TLV-TWA (Threshold Limit Value-Time Weighted Average) for

commercial rotenone is 5.0 mg/m3. This indicates that an occupational intake of

0.7 mg/kg/day is considered safe (Hayes, 1982).

(f) Acceptable Daily Intake (ADI)

The proposed No-Adverse-Response Level (SNARL) for chronic exposure to

rotenone: 0.014 mg/l (National Research Council, 1983).

(g) Carcinogenicity

The carcinogenicity of rotenone is a controversial issue. It has been suggested

that rotenone may cause tumour only in vitamin-deficient animals (Gosalvez,

1983).

(h) Mutagenicity

No mutagenic effects were reported in mouse bone marrow (Waters et al., 1982).

Rotenone is non-mutagenic in bacteria reversion tests (Moriya et al., 1983).

(i) Interactions

When applied in low concentrations to plant foliage, rotenone catalyses

photoisomerization of dieldrin and other cyclodiene insecticide residues.

Page 72: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

48

However, photodecomposition was a predominant effect when residues of

rotenone were combined with those of methylcarbamate and phosphothionate

insecticides (Hayes, 1975).

3.4.4 CASE STUDY: Laboratory and field efficacy studies on the toxicity of the

formulated rotenone

3.4.4.1 Laboratory studies (bioassay)

The toxicity of a simple rotenone formulation was evaluated by bioassay in the

laboratory against the early 3rd instar larvae of the diamondback moth (DBM) by

leaf-dipped method. The leaf-dipped method and the larvae of diamondback moth

(Plutella xylostella) are shown in Figure 3.6 and Figure 3.7 respectively. The

diamondback moth (DBM) was collected from Kluang, Johor and Karak, Selangor. The

Kluang strain is known for its resistance against some insecticides while the Karak strain

is considered as a relatively susceptible strain. Mortality was recorded at 48 and 72

hours after treatment and data were subjected to the probit analysis to obtain LC50.

Table 3.3: Toxicity of the botanical insecticides against the larvae of DBM collected

from Kluang, Johor (Dzolkifli, 2004)

Insecticide b ± S.E. LC50 (µg/ml) LC95 (µg/ml) Azadirachtin 1.64 ± 0.21 13.31 134.9 Rotenone 2.21 ± 0.27 8.28 46.18 Chlorfenapyr 3.39 ± 0.58 43.39 132.6

Page 73: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

49

Table 3.4: Toxicity of the botanical insecticides against the larvae of DBM collected

from Karak, Pahang (Dzolkifli, 2004)

Insecticide b ± S.E. LC50 (µg/ml) LC95 (µg/ml) Azadirachtin 2.30 ± 0.24 12.11 63.00 Rotenone 4.10 ± 0.43 6.13 15.45 Chlorfenapyr 2.07 ± 0.23 10.37 63.76

In the toxicity study of rotenone against the diamondback moth collected from

Kluang and Karak, both strains showed LC50 of 8.28 and 6.13 µg/ml respectively as

shown in Table 3.3 and Table 3.4. These values are comparable to the standard

compound used against this insect. The study indicated that the diamondback moth

(DBM) has yet to develop resistance to rotenone as oppose to chlorfenapyr.

Figure 3.6 The leaf-dipped method

Figure 3.7 The larvae of diamondback moth (Plutella xylostella)

Page 74: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

50

3.4.4.2 Field efficacy studies

The field trial was conducted in the vegetable farm at University Putra Malaysia

(UPM), Serdang, Selangor from February to April 2004. The treatments were made one

month after transplanting the cabbages to the field. The treatments used a simple

formulation of rotenone at 30.0 g A.i/hectare and 15.0 g A.i/hectare and spinosad as a

standard. They were sprayed at 450 L/hectare. Each treatment consisted of 4 replicates.

The assessments were made at 3, 7 and 10 days after treatment (DAT) by sampling the

number of caterpillars. The experimental design was RCBD (Randomized Complete

Block Design). Data collected were subjected to ANOVA and means were compared by

LSD. Figure 3.8 shows the number of larvae of Spodoptera litura following the

application of chemicals. Figure 3.8 indicated that rotenone at 30.0 g A.i/hectare

showed better control of the larvae as compared to the control and the performance was

comparable to the standard spinosad. The study indicated that a simple laboratory

formulation of rotenone was able to provide a good control of the larvae of Spodotera

litura. Further field study using the conclusive formulation is ongoing extensively.

0.62

5

1.12

50.

625

0.53

1

0.37

50.

156

0.12

50.

5

0.31

30.

219

0.31

250.

218

0.15

60.

410.

060.

25

0.12

50.

340.

090.

25

00.

160.

09 0.15

0.03

0.06 0.

130.

06

00.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.9

11.11.2

Num

ber

of la

rvae

/pla

nt

0 1 3 7 1 3 7Days After Treatment (DAT)

Rtn30g/ha Rtn15g/ha Spinosad Control

Figure 3.8 Field efficacy result of the formulated rotenone against

Spodotera litura (Dzolkifli, 2004)

Page 75: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

CHAPTER IV

METHODOLOGY

4.1 Introduction

The experimental work was carried out in three phases which are the

preliminary, optimization and verification. The processing parameters or independent

variables studied were the types of solvent, solvent-to-solid (ml/g) and raw material

particles size (mm in diameter). The other relevant processing parameters involved for

instance the extraction temperature (0C), weight of raw material (g) and extraction

duration (hour) were fixed as control parameters based on the literature reviews and

exploratory studies. The response variables or the dependent variables were the yield of

rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w), yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and

biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin.

Page 76: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

52

4.1.1 Preliminary experiments

The preliminary study was implemented to identify the most relevant

independent and dependent variables as well as to determine the appropriate range of the

operating conditions. The preliminary and control processing parameters are shown in

Table 4.1 and Table 4.3 respectively. The preliminary experiment to obtain the

rotenoids resin was based on exploratory experiment carried out by Saiful et al. (2003)

as shown in Table 4.2. Table 4.4, Table 4.5 and Table 4.6 show the preliminary

experimental design and response variables for the solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g and

10.0 ml/g and two types of raw material particles size which are coarse (2.0 mm to 5.0

mm) and fine (0.5 mm to 2.0 mm) in diameter.

Table 4.1: Preliminary processing parameters Factor names Factor levels aTypes of solvent Chloroform, ethanol and acetone bSolvent-to-solid ratio 10.0 ml/g and 3.3 ml/g cRaw material particles size Fine and coarse particles size (mm in diameter) Extraction duration 0 to 1440 mins (2 hours interval observation)

aPurity of the solvents were 95.0 % (v/v). bThe solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g and 10.0 ml/g were selected to evaluate the significant effect on the response variables as compared to the ratio carried out by Grinda et al. (1986) and Saiful et al. (2003). cSource: Pagan and Hageman (1949): (a) Fine; 0.5 mm to 2.0 mm in diameter (b) Coarse; 2.0 mm to 5.0 mm in diameter.

Table 4.2: The preliminary experiment to obtain the rotenoids resin based on the

exploratory experiment carried out by Saiful et al. (2003)

aParameters Parameter values Types of solvent Industrial grade acetone 95.0 % (v/v) Solvent-to-solid ratio 10.0 ml/g bRaw material particles size Fine (2.0 mm to 0.5 mm in diameter) Extraction duration 24 hours Extraction temperature Ambient (26 ± 2 0C)

aA Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE) from this method was subjected to the Brine Shrimp Lethality study to obtain the Lethal Concentration (LC50) of rotenoids resin. bSource: Pagan and Hageman (1949).

Page 77: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

53

Table 4.3: Preliminary control processing parameters Factor names Factor levels Weight of raw material 30.0 g of dried roots Extraction temperature Ambient (26 ± 2 0C)

Table 4.4: Experimental design for the solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g Solvent/particles size Coarse Fine aAcetone A1 A2 aEthanol + oxalic acid + H2O B1 B2 aChloroform C1 C2

aPurity of the solvents were 95.0 % (v/v).

Table 4.5: Experimental design for the solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0 ml/g Solvent/particles size Coarse Fine aAcetone A3 A4 aEthanol + oxalic acid + H2O B3 B4 aChloroform C3 C4

aPurity of the solvents were 95.0 % (v/v).

Table 4.6: Preliminary response variables

aResponse variables Response values Yield of rotenone in dried roots % (w/w) Concentration of rotenone mg/ml

aThe yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots was not included due to the sampling procedures for 2 hours interval produced insufficient volume (ml) of LCE for the concentration process (to obtain the rotenoids resin). The rotenoids resin was obtained separately based on the exploratory experiment carried out by Saiful et al. (2003) as shown in Table 4.2.

4.1.2 Optimization phase

Based on the preliminary study, an experimental design was developed based on

Central Composite Design (CCD) using the factorial design of three factors at two

levels. Design-Expert® software version 6.0 (Stat-Ease, 2002) was used to design and

Page 78: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

54

interpret the results. Experiments were then carried out based on the experimental

matrix design. The process description is discussed in section 4.3.

4.1.2.1 Design of Experiments (DOE)

The Design of Experiment (DOE) is a critical aspect of the research

methodology as it allows for experiments to be designed such that the minimal amount

of experiments can be carried out while extracting the maximum amount of information

(Kuehl, 2000). The design of experiments used in this study was a Central Composite

Design (CCD) of Response Surface Method (RSM). The factorial design of 2k with

three factors at two levels (23) including three centre points, two replicates and one alpha

point (α) were implemented. Table 4.7 shows the CCD specification for the

optimization phase experiment. Furthermore, the Design of Experiment (DOE) is used

to evaluate the effects of several different factors on response variables. Statistical tool

such as analysis of variance (ANOVA) is used to analyze the data from the experiments

and to make decisions about whether a given factor has a significant impact on the

response variable.

Table 4.7: Specification of Central Composite Design (CCD)

TOTAL OF EXPERIMENT = [2n + 3 CP (Centre Point)] × 2 Replicates + (2n × (α))

= (23 × 2 Replicates) + (3 CP × 2 Replicates)

+ [(23 × 1(α)]

∴ = 16 + 6 + 8 = 30 experiments.

Centre Point (CP) Alpha Point (α) Replicate 3 1 2

Page 79: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

55

4.1.2.2 Factors and experimental matrix

Processing parameters or independent variables are synonyms. However, factor

is the most frequently used term in the design of experiments. The factors involved in

this study were the types of solvent, solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) and raw material

particles size (mm in diameter). Each factor had two levels.

Meanwhile, response variables or dependent variables are measurable

characteristics of the product or process to be studied. Thus, the objective of this study

was to determine which particular factors mostly affected the response variables. On top

of that, coding schemes are normally used to denote one level of a factor. For instance,

+1/+α is used to denote the high level while -1/-α is used to denote the low level.

These levels are predetermined based on the literature work, exploratory and

preliminary study. Experiments were carried out by changing the levels of each factor

and measuring whether and by how much the response changes. The optimization

processing parameters, control processing parameters, response variables and

experimental matrix of the study are shown in Table 4.8, Table 4.9, Table 4.10 and

Table 4.11 respectively.

Table 4.8: Optimization processing parameters Factors Factor names aFactor levels X1 cTypes of solvent bEthanol (-α) and acetone (+α)

X2 Solvent-to-solid ratio d10.0 ml/g (-α) and e2.0 ml/g (+α) X3 fRaw material particles size 0.5 mm (-α) and 5.0 mm (+α) in diameter

aFactor levels range is denoted as (α): +α = The highest level; -α = The lowest level. bEthanol was added with the H2O and oxalic acid - A ratio of ethanol (9): H2O (1) [Prepare 1.0 mg/ml of oxalic acid solution from the volume (ml) of H2O ratio (1)]. cPurity of the solvents were 95.0 % (v/v). dSource: Saiful et al. (2003). eSource: Grinda et al. (1986). fSource: Pagan and Hageman (1949); Maas (1938) and Moore (1940).

Page 80: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

56

Table 4.9: Optimization control processing parameters Factor names Factor levels Extraction duration Exhaustive extraction time (14 hours) Weight of raw material 30.0 g of dried roots Extraction temperature Ambient (26 ± 2 0C)

Table 4.10: Optimization response variables Dependent/response variables Response values Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots % (w/w) Yield of rotenone in dried roots % (w/w) Biological activity, LC50 ppm

Page 81: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

57

Table 4.11: Experimental matrix for the extraction rotenoids resin: CCD (23)

Standard run Replicate CP and α aX1 bX2

cX3 Run 1 (27) α Acetone 6.00 5.00 Run 2 (10) α Ethanol 10.00 2.75 Run 3 (6) 1 Ethanol 3.62 4.09 Run 4 (17) 2 Acetone 3.62 1.41 Run 5 (8) 3 Ethanol 8.38 4.09 Run 6 (24) α Acetone 2.00 2.75 Run 7 (20) 4 Acetone 3.62 4.09 Run 8 (7) 3 Ethanol 8.38 4.09 Run 9 (16) 2 Acetone 3.62 1.41 Run 10 (14) CP Ethanol 6.00 2.75 Run 11 (12) α Ethanol 6.00 5.00 Run 12 (4) 5 Ethanol 8.38 1.41 Run 13 (30) CP Acetone 6.00 2.75 Run 14 (5) 1 Ethanol 3.62 4.09 Run 15 (11) α Ethanol 6.00 0.50 Run 16 (21) 4 Acetone 3.62 4.09 Run 17 (28) CP Acetone 6.00 2.75 Run 18 (13) CP Ethanol 6.00 2.75 Run 19 (19) 6 Acetone 8.38 1.41 Run 20 (23) 7 Acetone 8.38 4.09 Run 21 (26) α Acetone 6.00 0.50 Run 22 (3) 5 Ethanol 8.38 1.41 Run 23 (15) CP Ethanol 6.00 2.75 Run 24 (29) CP Acetone 6.00 2.75 Run 25 (22) 7 Acetone 8.38 4.09 Run 26 (1) 8 Ethanol 3.62 1.41 Run 27 (18) 6 Acetone 8.38 1.41 Run 28 (9) α Ethanol 2.00 2.75 Run 29 (25) α Acetone 10.00 2.75 Run 30 (2) 8 Ethanol 3.62 1.41 TOTAL 16 6 CP & 8 α

aX1 - Types of solvent. bX2 - Solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g). cX3 - Raw material particles size (mm in diameter). TOTAL OF EXPERIMENT = 16 (including replicates) + 6 CP (including replicates) + 8 α

= 30 experiments of CCD

Page 82: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

58

4.1.3 Verification phase

The verification phase was then carried out based on the results obtained from

the optimization phase. The experiments were carried out in two replicates and the

result obtained verified the selection of the most appropriate processing parameters.

4.2 Sampling

Matured Derris elliptica roots (1.0 cm to 1.5 cm in diameter) were obtained from

the rubber and palm oil plantations estate at the Kota Johor lama, Johor. The first batch

(200 g) of dried roots was used in the preliminary phase and the second batch (1000 g)

of dried roots was used in the optimization and verification phase.

4.3 Process description

There were three major steps involved in the preliminary and verification phase

experiment which are the pre-processing of Derris roots, extraction of rotenoids resin

and analysis of response variables. As for the optimizations phase experiment, there

were four major steps involved which are the pre-processing of Derris roots, extraction

of rotenoids resin, analysis of response variables and statistical analysis. The

diagrammatic of the experiment phases are as shown in Figure 4.1 and the flow diagram

of the study as shown in Figure 4.2.

Page 83: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

59

Figure 4.2 Flow diagram and overview of the study

PRE-PROCESSING

PROCESSING/EXTRACTION

ANALYSIS OF RESPONSE VARIABLES

*STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

Figure 4.1 Phases of the experiment

PRELIMINARY PHASE

OPTIMIZATION PHASE

VERIFICATION PHASE

(1)

(2)

Preliminary, optimization and verification phase were involved

(2)

(3)

Preliminary, optimization and verification phase were involved

*Only optimization phase was involved

Page 84: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

60

4.3.1 Pre-processing of Derris roots

An important aspect of the phytochemical processing is the pre-processing of the

herbal material prior to the extraction. The treatment of the herbal material affects the

viability of the phytochemicals and extraction yield. For the preliminary phase, the first

batch of Derris roots as shown in Figure 4.3 were sifted and separated into two main

particles size which are fine (0.5 mm to 2.0 mm) and coarse (2.0 mm to 5.0 mm) in

diameter. As for the optimization phase, the second batch of Derris roots were sifted

and separated into varies particle size as listed in Table 4.11. Furthermore, raw material

particles size for the optimization phase experiments were sifted and measured manually

using the small measuring tape (mm). The amount of 30.0 g of small pieces of dried

roots was constantly used for each treatment in the preliminary, optimization and

verification phase. The samples were dried separately in a forced air oven 1375 FX

(Sheldon Manufacturing, Inc.) at 30 0C for 3 hours. Derris roots was dried to prevent

fungal infestation and to rupture the cells which lead to faster extraction. Similarly

grinding reduces the size of the particles which increases the yield by increasing the

surface area, reducing diffusion distance and rupturing the cells. The dried Derris roots

were kept in dark prior to the extraction process.

Figure 4.3 Various particles size of Derris roots (Pagan and Hageman, 1949)

(A) Coarse (5.0 mm to 4.0 mm in diameter) (C) Fine (2.0 mm to 0.5 mm in diameter)

(B) Intermediate (4.0 mm to 2.0 mm in diameter)

Page 85: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

61

4.3.2 Extraction of rotenoids resin

Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE) method or known as a maceration technique

was used to extract the rotenoids resin. For the preliminary phase, 30.0 g of different

Derris roots sizes were added to the 300 ml of organic solvent (ethanol + oxalic acid

solution, acetone and chloroform respectively) with the solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0

ml/g in the 500 ml of PYREX® glassware. The whole extraction vessels were insulated

securely with the aluminium foil and covered with plastic to avoid evaporation of the

volatile solvent. Subsequently, the extraction process was carried out in ambient

temperature of 26 ± 2 0C by placing the extraction vessel into a dark cabinet for 24

hours. For a reference, the processing parameters, control parameters and response

variables for the preliminary experiment are shown in Table 4.1 to Table 4.6. While for

the optimization phase, the types of solvent, raw material particles size and solvent-to-

solid ratio were based on the experimental matrix as shown in Table 4.11. The weight

of raw material and extraction temperature were similar as in the preliminary experiment

except for the response variables and extraction duration. The kinetic extraction curves

were constructed in the preliminary experiment to obtain the exhaustive extraction time

by checking the yield of rotenone (mg) and rotenone concentration (mg/ml) for 2 hours

interval using the reversed-phase HPLC. From the result, the extraction duration was set

to be as a control parameter in the optimization experiment which is 14 hours. Then, the

extracts were filtered using the Whatman filter paper no. 4 with the aid of Vacuumbrand

GmBH+CO (2.20 m3/hour) at 0.3 mbar. The Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) was subjected

to the rotenone content (mg) determination prior to the concentration process. Next, the

extracts were introduced into a round-bottom flask with reflux condenser of the rotary

evaporator under reduced pressure of 0.3 mbar at 40 0C to remove approximately 90 %

of the solvent to obtain the Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE). This CLCE was

subjected again to the rotenone content (mg) determination prior to the lethality study

using RP-HPLC and introduced again into rotary evaporator to remove 100 % of solvent

to obtain the rotenoids resin. The rotenoids resin was weighed to determine the yield of

extract (g). Finally, the rotenoids resin was stored in a cool room (10 0C). The

extraction flow process is shown in Figure 4.4.

Page 86: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

62

Figure 4.4 Extraction of rotenoids resin from Derris elliptica roots

Dried Derris roots in small pieces (based on the particles size of optimization phase experiment)

A volume of solvent (acetone, ethanol + oxalic acid solution and chloroform respectively) was added to 30.0 g of sample based on the solvent-to-solid ratio of optimization phase experiment

Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE) for 24 hours (PRELIMINARY PHASE) and 14 hours (OPTIMIZATION PHASE) with ambient temperature and stored into a dark cabinet

Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE) method

(1)

(2)

Collection of the LCE for 2 hours interval *ONLY FOR PRELIMINARY EXPERIMENT

The Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) was filtered using the Vacuumbrand GmBH+CO (2.20 m3/hour) at 0.3 mbar

Evaporated in the rotary evaporator (Heidolph-Laborata 4001) under reduced pressure of 0.3 mbar [Water bath heater temperature was set to be 40 0C for 15 mins to remove ≅ 90 % solvent]

Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract, CLCE (mg/ml)

Rotenoids resin (g)

RP-HPLC: Rotenone content determination

RP-HPLC: Rotenone content determination

Evaporated in the rotary evaporator (Heidolph-Laborata 4001) under reduced pressure of 0.3 mbar [Water bath heater temperature was set to be 40 0C for 10 mins to remove ≅ 100 % solvent]

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

Brine shrimp lethality study (LC50)

Page 87: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

63

4.3.3 Analysis of the response variables

Product analysis was carried out on the response variables namely the yield of

rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w), yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and

biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin as shown in Figure 4.5.

Figure 4.5 Evaluation of rotenoids resin

4.3.3.1 Determination of extraction yield (rotenoids resin)

Yield of extraction was calculated as percentage of rotenoids resin obtained from

the weight (g) of dried roots. The yield resin was calculated as follows:

Yield of resin, (% w/w) = x (g) of resin obtained/(g) of dried roots × 100 % (4.1)

Yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w)

Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w)

Biological activity (LC50): ppm [Brine Shrimp Lethality Study]

Reversed Phase High Performance Liquid Chromatography (RP-HPLC):

[External standard method]

Vacuum Liquid Chromatography- Thin Layer Chromatography (VLC-TLC)

[Semi-automatic TLC CAMAG Linomat 5]

PRODUCT ANALYSIS

(1)

(2)

(3)

(a) (b)

Page 88: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

64

4.3.3.2 Determination of extraction yield (yield of rotenone)

Determination the yield of rotenone (mg) was carried out qualitatively using the

Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) and quantitatively using the reversed-phase High

Performance Liquid Chromatography (RP-HPLC).

(a) Qualitative analysis of rotenone using Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC)

Qualitative analysis of rotenone was carried out in the preliminary phase in order

to confirm the presence of four major constituents in the Concentrated Liquid Crude

Extract (CLCE) which are rotenone, 12αβ-rotenolone, tephrosin and deguelin. The

mobile phase comprising of petroleum ether and ethyl acetate; 4:2 (v/v) were prepared

and left to equilibrate for at least 35 mins. Silica plates from Merck, Germany were

used as stationary phase. Standard rotenone (Rotenone PESTANAL®; Analytical grade;

96.2 % (w/w); SIGMA-Aldrich™) and the Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE)

that has been purified using the Vacuum Liquid Chromatography (VLC) were spotted on

to the base line cycle drawn on the TLC plate. After the development, the spots were

observed under the Ultra Violet (UV) lamp with wavelength (λ) of 254 nm and 365 nm

(Cole-Parmer 9818 Series, Illinois). Retardation factor (Rf) was calculated from the

plates as shown in the Equation 4.2. The non-conventional techniques to spot the

developed samples and standard solution are shown in Figure 4.6. The complete

experimental work and final results are shown in Appendix I.

Retardation factor, Rf = Distance from the baseline to the centre of the zone (a) (4.2)

Distance from the baseline to the solvent front (b)

Page 89: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

65

Figure 4.6 Techniques of spotting the sample on the silica plate

(Harborne, 1984; Hougthon and Raman, 1998)

(b) Quantitative analysis of rotenone using High Performance Liquid

Chromatography (HPLC): Measurement of the rotenone content (mg)

The external standard method was implemented in order to identify the amount

of rotenone in the dried roots of Derris elliptica as shown in Figure 4.7. The settings of

reversed-phase HPLC recommended by Baron and Freudenthal (1976) to separate

rotenone and other toxic constituents are shown in Table 4.12. As far as the analysis is

concern, this method is more reliable, economical, low time consumption and easier to

handle as compared to the internal standard method. There are some essential

requirements should be applied such as the standard solution must contain all eluents to

be quantified, standard eluents should be similar concentration as unknowns, the

standard and sample matrix should be as similar as possible and analysis conditions must

be identical.

Page 90: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

66

Table 4.12: Parameters of RP-HPLC recommended by Baron and Freudenthal (1976)

Parameters Setting Column temperature (0C) Ambient Flow rate of separation 0.4 ml/min UV wavelength (λ) 294 nm Injection volume 5.0 µl Amplitude Unit Full Scale (AUFS) 2.0

Rotenone standard [SIGMA-Aldrich™; purity of 95 - 98 % (w/w)]: Rotenone standard concentration (Cstd) = X (mg/ml)

Peak area (A) = Y (mV.s) Sensitivity Factor (SF) = (A)/(Cstd) = J (mV.s. × ml/mg)

Sample concentration (LCE or CLCE):

Sample peak area (Asample) = Y (mV.s) Sample concentration (Csample) = (Asample)/SF = Q mg/ml.

If, the sample involves dilution:

(Dilution factor; DF = flask volume/pipette volume).

Actual concentration (rotenone) = Q mg/ml × DF = G (mg/ml) (10.0 mg/ml = 1.0 %) - How to get 1.0 %: 10/1000 (g/ml) × 100 % = 1.0 %

YIELD (rotenone) = Csample (mg/ml) × volume (ml) of LCE or CLCE

= (G) mg/ml × (ml) = K (mg)

**YIELD OF ROTENONE IN DRIED ROOTS, % (w/w) = Yield of rotenone (mg)/weight of raw material × 100 %

**An example of external standard method calculation are shown in Appendix H

Figure 4.7 External standard method template calculations

Page 91: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

67

(c) Biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin

Bio-active compounds are almost always toxic in high doses (McLaughlin and

Rogers, 1998). Thus, in vivo lethality in a simple zoological organism can be used as a

convenient monitor to screen and fractionate the bio-active constituents for rapid new

discovery. The eggs of brine shrimp, Artemia salinas were readily available in pet shops

at low cost and remain viable for years in dry condition. Upon being placed in seawater,

the eggs hatch within 48 hours to provide large numbers of larvae (nauplii) for

experimental use. The sea salt was obtained from SIGMA-Aldrich™ (S-9883) and

prepared by dissolving 30.0 g of sea salt into 3000 ml of deionized water (SG: 0.01

g/ml). The small tank (hatching chamber) was used to grow shrimp with dividing dam,

cover and lamp to attract shrimp eggs. Allow three days for the shrimp to hatch and

mature as nauplii. The Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE) concentration

(mg/ml) was the initial concentration and the dilution was prepared accordingly to the

test concentration as shown in Figure 4.8. Furthermore, two test vials for each

concentration were prepared with a total of 12 vials plus one control vial. From the

diluted solutions, 100 µl was transferred to the test vials corresponded to 1000, 500, 100,

50, 10, 1.0 µg/ml respectively. Solvent from the test vials were evaporated under dark

place at ambient temperature (26 ± 2 0C). Evaporation is needed so that only rotenoids

resin is remaining in the test vials. After 4 days (when the shrimp larvae were ready),

about 2.0 ml of seawater were added to each test vial. Then, 10 shrimps were added for

each test vial and the volume was adjusted with the seawater to 4.0 ml/vial. The vials

were placed, uncovered and under the lamp. The lamp must be sufficient and does not

overheat the vials. The time of treatment was 6, 12 and 24 hours and the number of

survivors or dying for each time was counted and recorded. Subsequently, the mortality

of Artemia salina was evaluated to determine the LC50 values using the probit analysis

(Finney, 1971) based on the dose-response curves as shown in Figure 4.9 (A). By

plotting the probit values against log10 dose of rotenoids resin (ppm) as shown in Figure

4.9 (B), a least-squares simple linear regression of logarithm can be obtained and the

LC50 can be calculated by anti-log10 the concentration (ppm) [Anti-log10 (ppm)].

Page 92: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 93: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

69

No.

of m

orta

lity

(%)

Mor

talit

y (p

robi

t)

Figure 4.9 Mortality of Artemia salina when exposed to the extracts of Derris

elliptica: (A) dose response curve (Van, 1990); (B) probit analysis curve (Finney, 1971)

4.4 Statistical analysis

All experiments in this study involved replicates. In the optimization phase

experiments, analysis of variance (ANOVA) and Response Surface Methodology (RSM)

were carried out in order to determine the significance of the results. The RSM was

carried out based on the Design of Experiments (DOE) generated by the Design-Expert®

software version 6.0 (Stat-Ease, 2002).

0 10 50 100 500 1000 Dose treatment (ppm)

50 %

100 %

0 1.00 1.70 2.00 2.70 3.00 Log-dose (ppm)

50 % mortality

LC50 = Anti-log10 (C)

100 % mortality *Linear regression of logarithm-converted concentrations (x) versus the probit values (y); y = mc ± c

(B)

(A)

Sigmoidal curve

Page 94: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

70

4.4.1 Response Surface Methodology (RSM)

Response surface methodology (RSM) is a set of techniques designed to find the

best value of the response. RSM is a statistical-mathematical method which uses

quantitative data in an experimental design to determine and simultaneously solve

multivariate equations to optimize processes or products (Mizubuti et al., 2000). If

discovering the best value of the response is beyond the available resources of the

experiment, then response surface methods are used to at least to gain a better

understanding of the overall response system and locate the optimum response region.

RSM could not replace the statistical tool of ANOVA but ANOVA supported the RSM.

A response surface is represented by the mathematical equation or a model called

polynomial. Another way to summarize the information in a response surface is to

create a contour plot or three-dimensional graphs (Cornell, 1990). A Central Composite

Design (CCD) can be used to locate a maximum when the centre (0, 0, 0) is used as the

mid point to allow a second order surface to be fitted (Kuehl, 2000). Main and

interactions effects can be determined by constructing graphs of the average response

versus the factor level. The graph is called effects plots. Effects plots do not take place

of statistical tests. When statistical testing of ANOVA shows that an interaction effect is

significant, then the results of the experiment must be interpreted by examining the

interaction plots, not the main effects plots.

The main effect of a factor is the effect occurred between the levels of the factor

itself. Statistically, the main effect of a factor is defined as the averages response value

for all test runs at the level of the factor minus the average response value for runs at the

low level of the factors (Devore and Farnum, 1999). The interaction effects occurred

when one factor influence the other which results in different response if compared to

one factor alone. Statistically, two factor interaction effects are one-half of the

difference between the main effects of the one factor calculated at the two levels of the

other factor. In multifactor designs, main effects and two factor interactions are

interpreted in the same manner as in two factor designs. With more than two factors, the

Page 95: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

71

opportunity arises to incorporate even higher order interactions between three or more

factors. The highest order interactions are the least likely to be important. In this study,

the main and interactions effects are all summarized in the ANOVA table and the

response surface graphical tools.

4.4.2 Model adequacy checking

Several aspects need to be checked to ensure a model developed is adequate.

These aspects are the F-distribution test, coefficient of determination (R2 and adjusted

R2), residual analysis and lack-of-fit test which can be obtained straight away from the

ANOVA table. If all the aspects are not qualified, meaning that the experiment done

may consist errors and have to be repeated in order to obtain the accurate result

(Rahman, 2004).

4.4.2.1 F-distribution test

F-distribution test and the corresponding P-value are used to test the hypothesis

for each source of terms. F-table is set for 5.0 % and 1.0 % significant levels. If 5.0 %

of significant level is choose, value of ‘Prob > F’ less than 0.05 indicate model term is

significant (Rahman, 2004).

Page 96: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

72

4.4.2.2 Coefficient of multiple determinations (R2)

Coefficient of determination consists of two values which are the coefficient of

multiple determinations (R2) and adjusted R2. The coefficient of multiple

determinations (R2) is a measure of the amount of variation around the mean explained

by the model while adjusted R2 is a measure of variation in the dependent variables for

which the model accounts (Rahman, 2004). A good model should have R2 > 80 %. The

R2 is an accompanying statistics to the F ratio as in the Equation 4.3.

R2 = 1 - SSR/SST (4.3)

where;

SSR: Sums of Squares of Residuals (unexplained variation).

SST: Sums of Squares of Total Variation.

The R-square (R2) value is an indicator of how well the model fits the data or

indicates a good correlation or relationship between model values and experimental

values. The R-square value is always 0 to 1.0. For example, an R-square (R2) close to

1.0 indicates that almost all of the variability with the variables specified in the model

has been accounted (Devore and Farnum, 1999).

4.4.2.3 Lack-of-fits test

The lack-of-fit test compares the residual error to the pure error from the

replicated design points. If there is a significant lack-of-fits, as shown by a low

probability value ‘Prob > F’, the model is not suitable to be used as a response predictor

(Rahman, 2004).

Page 97: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

73

4.4.3 Pearson’s correlation coefficient, r

Correlation is a technique for investigating the relationship between two

quantitative or continuous variables. It is a measure of strength of the association

between the two variables increase or decrease together, whereas negative correlation

indicates that as one variable increases, so the other decreases and vice versa (Cornel,

1990). The formula of Pearson’s correlation coefficient, r is shown by the Equation 4.4.

The correlation coefficient is always -1 and +1. The closer the correlation is to +/- 1, the

closer to a perfect linear relationship or they are uncorrelated (Cornel, 1990).

(4.4)

( ) ( )

( ) ( )⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛∑

∑−∗⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛∑

∑−

∑∑∗∑−

=

NYY

NXX

NYXXY

r2

22

2

Page 98: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

CHAPTER V

RESULT AND DISCUSSION

5.1 Introduction

This chapter presents the results of the effect of processing parameters on the

relevant response variables namely yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w) and

yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w). The processing parameters considered in the

research were the types of solvent, solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) and raw material

particles size (mm in diameter). All experimental results were evaluated and discussed

in accordance to the preliminary phase, optimization phase, multi response variables,

verification phase, comparison and correlation analysis. The biological activity (LC50)

of rotenoids resin for the preliminary phase, verification phase and rotenone standard

(SIGMA-Aldrich™) were also evaluated and discussed although the response was

insignificant to optimize the processing parameters.

Page 99: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

75

5.2 Preliminary experiment results

The experimental works were carried out as elaborated in the Chapter IV. The

preliminary experiments were carried out prior to the optimization phase experiment to

determine the appropriate factor levels as well as to investigate other related aspects.

5.2.1 Effects of the plant parts and types of solvent on yield

Figure 5.1 shows the extraction yield of the Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE)

method using different types of solvent. The extraction was carried out using Normal

Soaking Extraction method (NSE) by utilizing three types of solvent (chloroform,

ethanol and acetone) and three types of Derris parts which were fine roots (0.5 mm to

2.0 mm), coarse roots (2.0 mm to 5.0 mm) and stems (0.5 mm to 2.0 mm) in diameter.

The extraction process was done for 24 hours. The result indicate that acetone gives the

highest extraction yield of 1.14 % (w/w) as compared to the chloroform; 0.77 % (w/w)

and ethanol; 0.31 % (w/w). For the optimization phase, acetone and ethanol were

selected due to their capability of extracting less colouring matters, waxes and other

plant material as well as their extraction performance to extract rotenone more than the

other organic solvent.

In Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE) using acetone result, fine roots sample

collected from Kangkar Pulai give the highest yield of 1.14 % (w/w) followed by

Kangkar Pulai coarse roots; 0.60 % (w/w), Kangkar Pulai stems; 0.13 % (w/w), Kulai

roots (combination of fine and coarse roots); 0.33 % (w/w), Kangkar Pulai stems; 0.13

% (w/w) and Kulai stems; 0.13 % (w/w). In Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE) using

ethanol and oxalic acid solution result, once more the fine roots sample collected from

Kangkar Pulai give the highest yield of 0.31 % (w/w) followed by Kangkar Pulai coarse

roots; 0.28 % (w/w), Kulai roots; 0.24 % (w/w), Kulai stems; 0.23 % (w/w) and Kangkar

Page 100: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

76

Pulai stems; 0.18 % (w/w). In Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE) using chloroform

result, furthermore indicates that fine roots sample collected from Kangkar Pulai give

the highest yield of 0.69 % (w/w) followed by Kangkar Pulai coarse roots; 0.33 %

(w/w), Kangkar Pulai stems; 0.15 % (w/w), Kulai roots; 0.11 % (w/w) and Kulai stems;

0.06 % (w/w).

1.14

0.31

30.

692

0.60

20.

28 0.33

4

0.32

7

0.23

90.

111

0.12

5 0.22

5

0.06

3

0.13

40.

181

0.15

3

00.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1

1.1

1.2

Yiel

d of

rote

none

in d

ried

root

s; %

(w/w

)

Kangkar Pulai(Fine roots)

Kangkar Pulai(Coarse roots)

Kulai (Roots) Kulai (Stems) Kangkar Pulai(Stems)

Sources of sample

Normal Soaking Acetone; 95 % (v/v)Normal Soaking Ethanol; 95 % (v/v) + Oxalic Acid Solution (1 mg/ml)Normal Soaking Chloroform; 95 % (v/v)

From the results obtained, there were a significant effect on the plant parts and

types of solvent used in the extraction process. Acetone with the solvent strength of 5.1,

extracts more rotenone up to 39.5 % to 72.8 % as compared to the chloroform and

ethanol respectively (Kangkar Pulai fine roots). According to John (1944), the solubility

of pure rotenone in acetone is 0.66 g/ml, ethanol; 0.0002 g/ml and chloroform; 4.72

g/ml. In contrast with John (1944) finding, the anomalies between high solubility of

rotenone in acetone as compared to chloroform are due to three other major constituents

(e.g.: tephrosin, 12αβ-rotenolone and deguelin) which consist in the resin are highly

Figure 5.1 Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) using the Normal Soaking

Extraction (NSE) method for different types of solvent

Page 101: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

77

soluble in acetone thus dissolved collectively with rotenone in a large amount. On top

of that, chloroform was strongly capable to dissolve rotenone in pure form as compared

to the rotenoids resin. Therefore, the solubility of rotenone in pure form (Rotenone

PESTANAL®; Analytical grade, 96.2 % (w/w); SIGMA-Aldrich™) was tremendously

more soluble in chloroform (4.1) as compared to the other solvents which have high

level of solvent strength. On the contrary, Pagan and Loustalot (1949) proclaimed to

have high value of total chloroform extractives whereby almost all insecticidal

constituents of Derris roots are well dissolved in chloroform as compared to the other

solvents. In conclusion, the results were strongly indicated that acetone extracts more

rotenone and other constituents as compared to the high polarity solvent group. While

chloroform (lower polarity group), it has less solubility on rotenoids (rotenone and other

bio-active constituents) but high solubility of rotenone in pure form. Furthermore, the

plant parts also affected the yield of rotenone in dried roots. The fine Derris roots

(below than 1.0 cm in diameter) was appeared to be the major contributor of rotenone

content (mg) in the acetone extract as compared to the coarse roots (1.0 cm to 2.0 cm in

diameter) and stem (2.0 cm to 3.0 cm in diameter). As for that reason, rotenone was

accumulated greatly either in the roots of fine or coarse and the bio-active constituents in

the roots were always superior as compared to the stem. In overall, the fine roots was

found higher in rotenone content (mg) because of the resin cell tissue that contain the

rotenoids (e.g.: rotenone, tephrosin, 12αβ-rotenolone and deguelin) was reasonably

abundant in roots of small (below than 1.0 cm) and medium in diameter (2.0 cm to 5.0

cm) (Francis and Franklin, 1943; Pagan and Hageman, 1949).

5.2.2 Extraction yield model and the effect of extraction duration on yield

Table 5.1 and Figure 5.2 show response variables result in the kinetic of rotenone

extraction process and can model as a second order of polynomial. All results were

analyzed using the external standard method of reversed-phase High Performance

Liquid Chromatography (RP-HPLC). The example calculation of external standard

Page 102: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

78

method is shown in the Appendix H. Figure 5.3 and Figure 5.5 show the kinetic

equilibrium of the rotenone extraction process via yield of rotenone in dried roots, %

(w/w) and yield of rotenone, mg respectively and also modelled as a second order of

polynomial. Figure 5.2, Figure 5.3, Figure 5.4 and Figure 5.5 show that by increasing

the extraction time, the yield of rotenone (mg) and rotenone concentration (mg/ml) were

increased proportionally towards the maximum point. No stagnant phase was observed

during the experiment. It appears that only maximum point was observed at 14 hours

and then gradually decreased the yield of rotenone (mg) until 24 hours. As for the

rotenone concentration (mg/ml), it increased until end of the extraction process to

generate a maximum concentration. In addition, approximately 51.25 % to 52.44 % of

extraction was achieved within 30 mins and 90.0 % within 8 hours. Therefore, the steep

rate of extraction at the beginning was possibly due to the washing (List and Schmidt,

1989; Mircea, 2001) of solute from the ruptured cells rather than leaching alone, where

the phytochemicals released from within the cells by crushing or grinding are quickly

dissolved into the bulk solution. Ultimately, it can be concluded that the exhaustive

extraction of Derris elliptica occurred approximately 14 hours. In contrast with

Suraphon and Manthana (2001), the exhaustive extraction time was occurred at 8 hours

of ethanolic extraction process at room temperature using the stirring soaking method.

Figure 5.3 and Figure 5.5 also show the approximate exhaustive extraction time to

acquire the maximum yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) and yield of rotenone,

mg which was approximately 840 mins (14 hours) and 895.0 mg/50.0 g respectively.

Thus, the maximum yield of rotenone in dried roots and its concentration were

approximately 1.79 % (w/w) and 2.84 mg/ml respectively.

Figure 5.4 shows the maximum concentration that can be obtained from the

Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE) method which is approximately 3.15 mg/ml at the 24

hours of extraction. The mass of rotenone in this period was approximately 760.0 mg

rotenone/50.0 g dried roots which is fewer approximately 15 % than the mass at the

maximum or exhaustive time (895.0 mg/50.0 dried roots). These losses were possibly

due to the over exposure of room lighting during the extraction sampling and RP-HPLC

sample preparation, unstable ambient temperature, inappropriate insulation of extraction

Page 103: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

79

vessel and insufficient RP-HPLC detector. On top of that, the volume of solvent (ml)

used in the Liquid Crude Extracts (LCE) were rapidly decreased within 12 to 20 hours

during the extraction process may perhaps be the explanation why rotenone

concentration (mg/ml) increased immensely. Hence, the solution or Liquid Crude

Extract (LCE) became more concentrate with insufficient amount of rotenone and

possibly promoted further dissipation of rotenone during the concentration process. The

most important consideration to construct an appropriate procedures for extracting the

bio-active constituents that susceptible to heat and light are by installing or constructing

the extraction vessel that monitor systematically critical processing parameters (e.g.:

solvent volatility, operating temperature, pressure and time) in order to minimize the

dissipation of valuable constituents in the extract. Moreover, sample preparation for the

analysis should also be in the control of temperature and light as well as periodically

calibrate the RP-HPLC equipment (e.g.: PDA or UV detector, columns, column heater,

isocratic pump and etc.) with the intention that the result is always precise, reasonable

and acceptable. Table 5.1 and Table 5.2 show the processing parameters involved in the

studies and response variables result respectively.

Table 5.1: Processing parameters involved in the kinetic of rotenone extraction process

Parameters involved in the extraction process: INDEPENDENT VARIABLES

Extraction time: 0 min to 1440 mins (24 hours) DEPENDENT/ RESPONSE VARIABLES

Yield of rotenone, mg Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) Rotenone concentration, mg/ml

CONTROL VARIABLES Ambient temperature (26 ± 2 0C) Solvent-to-solid ratio (10.0 ml/g) Weight of dried roots (50.0 g) Types of solvent (Industrial grade of acetone 95.0 % (v/v)) Fine particles size (2.0 mm to 0.5 mm in diameter)

Page 104: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

80

Table 5.2: Response variables result in the kinetic of rotenone extraction process

aExtraction time (min)

Volume of LCE (ml)

Yield of rotenone (mg)

Rotenone concentration (mg/ml)

Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w)

30 470 391.96 0.83 0.78 60 460 435.16 0.95 0.87 90 450 469.85 1.04 0.94

150 430 540.51 1.26 1.08 180 420 594.66 1.42 1.19 210 418 683.43 1.64 1.37 240 406 727.64 1.79 1.46 270 390 642.68 1.65 1.29 300 385 675.64 1.76 1.35 330 375 674.45 1.80 1.35 360 370 635.77 1.72 1.27 420 355 732.80 2.06 1.47 450 345 727.07 2.11 1.45 600 320 816.55 2.55 1.63 660 310 789.88 2.55 1.58 720 300 848.60 2.83 1.70

1380 250 751.45 3.01 1.51 1440 240 756.46 3.15 1.51

aNoted that some of the extraction time was eliminated due to unreasonable response variables

y = -0.0005x2 + 0.9827x + 412.76R2 = 0.8901

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650

Time, min

Yiel

d of

rote

none

, mg

Figure 5.2 Kinetic equilibrium of the rotenone extraction process (second order polynomial)

Page 105: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

81

y = -1e-06x2 + 0.002x + 0.8253R2 = 0.8873

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2

0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650

Time, min

Yiel

d of

rot

enon

e in

drie

d ro

ots,

% w

/w

Figure 5.3 Kinetic equilibrium of the rotenone extraction process: Yield of rotenone

in dried roots, % (w/w)

y = -2E-06x2 + 0.0038x + 0.747R2 = 0.9807

0

0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

2

2.4

2.8

3.2

3.6

0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650

Time, min

Rote

none

con

cent

ratio

n, m

g/m

l

Figure 5.4 Kinetic equilibrium of the rotenone extraction process: Concentration of

rotenone, mg/ml

(A) Exhaustive extraction time: ≅ 840 mins (14 hours) (B) Exhaustive yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w):≅ 1.79 % (895.0 mg/50.0 g) *Different response variables equation model produced slightly different response variables result though at the same extraction time

(A) Exhaustive extraction time: ≅ 840 mins (14 hours) (B) Exhaustive rotenone concentration, mg/ml: ≅ 2.84 mg/ml (C) The maximum of rotenone concentration: ≅ 3.15 mg/ml *Different response variables equation model produced slightly different response variables result though at the same extraction time

(A) and (B)

(A) and (B)

(C)

≅ 1440 mins (24 hours)

≅ 840 mins (14 hours)

≅ 840 mins (14 hours)

Page 106: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

82

y = -0.0005x2 + 0.9827x + 412.76R2 = 0.8901

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650

Time, min

Yiel

d of

rote

none

, mg

Figure 5.5 Kinetic equilibrium of the rotenone extraction process: Yield of rotenone

in dried roots, mg

5.2.3 Effects of the extraction and concentration operating temperature on yield

The easiest way to identify the significant effect on the bio-active constituents

against temperature is using the concentration process. Moreover, the concentration

process is used to produce a rotenoids resin from the Liquid Crude Extract (LCE).

Figure 5.6 indicates that there was a significant effect on the extraction and

concentration operating temperature against the yield of the rotenone (mg) in the LCE.

It appears that rotenone was strongly exaggerated by the operating temperature above

40 0C. The yield of rotenone (mg) in the LCE was reduced by 90.0 % (w/w) for the first

15 mins and gradually decreased until end of the 105 mins concentration process. The

finding was in accordance with Saiful et al. (2003) wherein at 40 0C (operating

temperature under reduced pressure of 0.3 mbar), approximately 13 % yield of rotenone

(A) Exhaustive extraction time: ≅ 840 mins (14 hours) (B) Exhaustive yield of rotenone in dried roots, mg: ≅ 885.50 mg/50.0 g *Different response variables equation model produced slightly different response variables result though at the same extraction time

(A) and (B)

≅ 840 m

ins (14 hours)

Page 107: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

83

(mg) in the LCE dissipated after 30 mins of the concentration process. Figure 5.7 shows

the amount of rotenone (mg) in Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) and Concentrated Liquid

Crude Extract (CLCE) before and after the concentration process respectively. On the

contrary, Grinda et al. (1986) have claimed to use the extraction and concentration

operating temperature up to 45 0C for half an hour and retained the yield of rotenone as

much as 14.0 % (w/w) in finely crushed Derris powder. Suraphon and Manthana (2001)

reported that they have used high extraction temperature of 70 0C for 8 hours using the

Soxhlet extractor and managed to get 8.2 % (w/w) rotenone in dried roots. Furthermore,

Visetson and Chuchoui (1999) have also reported that temperatures above 70 0C may

cause decomposition of plant active ingredient. The thermal degradation of this study

however was 40 0C, which is lower than 70 0C obtained by Visetson and Chuchoui

(1999). Besides, Grinda et al. (1986) have found that the usage of high vacuum pressure

of reflux condenser was the best method implemented to date in order to minimize heat

exposure to the extracts and simultaneously obtained high yield of rotenoids resin (g)

and yield of rotenone (mg).

Liquid CrudeExtract (LCE) Concentrated

Liquid CrudeExtract (CLCE)

750.75 mg

657.09 mg

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

Yiel

d of

rote

none

(mg)

Figure 5.6 Degradation of rotenone content (mg) during the concentration process at

40 0C and 0.3 × 10-3 bar of operating temperature and vacuum pressure respectively

(A) Reduction of rotenone content, %: 750.75 mg - 657.09 mg/750.75 mg × 100 % ≅ 13 %

Page 108: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

84

0; 35072

15; 3394

105; 110390; 53875; 254360; 300545; 2864

30; 1300

0

3000

6000

9000

12000

15000

18000

21000

24000

27000

30000

33000

36000

39000

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

The length of concentration process, min

Yie

ld o

f rot

enon

e, m

g

As far as the study is concern, the major factors which contribute to the rotenone

dissipation either during the extraction or concentration process was due to the improper

experimental condition such as over exposure of room lighting and insufficient vacuum

pressure pump (Saiful et al., 2003). Perhaps, improper insulation of the extraction

vessel from the external heat and high volatility of solvent as well as insufficient

vacuum pressure during the concentration process were the major factors which

contribute to the dissipation of rotenone. Hence, it would be the best indicator where if

there was a sudden reduction to the volume of extract, there might be an increased in the

ambient temperature. Furthermore, this type of extraction vessel can be only existed or

constructed specifically for the pilot and industrial scale production and uneconomically

for the laboratory scale study. Hence, an assumption using the insulated glassware of

batch solid-liquid extraction vessel (Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE) method) was

(A) Reduction of rotenone content, %: 3394.0 mg - 35,072.0 mg/35,072.0 mg × 100 % ≅ 90.0 %

(A)

15 mins

Initial yield of rotenone (mg) in the Liquid Crude Extract (LCE)

Figure 5.7 Degradation of rotenone content (mg) during the concentration process at

50 0C and 80 × 10-3 bar of operating temperature and vacuum pressure respectively

Page 109: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

85

made by controlling some of the processing parameter (e.g.: extraction temperature)

with the intention to avoid as much as possible rotenone dissipation.

While using the conventional method of Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE),

evaporation of the volatile solvent (e.g.: acetone and chloroform) versus time was barely

undeniable and cause some difficulties to acquire samples for each 30 mins interval due

to insufficient volume (ml) of Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) available in the extraction

vessel. Therefore, the only method available to identify the significant effect of the

extraction and concentration operating temperature against the yield of rotenone (mg)

was by concentrating the Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) using the rotary evaporator (under

reduced pressure of 80 × 10-3 bar and operating temperature of 50 0C). At the same

time, the yield of rotenone (mg) was determined via RP-HPLC for each 15 mins interval

as shown in Figure 5.7. Although there was no data or any extensive research has been

acquired on the rotenone deterioration at varies operating temperature either for the

extraction or concentration process, those processes should not be exceeded 40 0C to

preserve the bio-active constituents (Surya and John, 2001). Furthermore, the key issues

to be taken seriously to acquire high value added products are by minimizing thermal

degradation of the extracts during the upstream processing since phytochemicals are

commonly higher value-lower volume products than the primary metabolites (Manuel,

1985; Surya and John, 2001). As far as the bio-processing is concern, to avoid thermal

degradation are mainly concerning on the dissipation of the protein substances especially

from the plant’s primary metabolite compounds. Hence, the secondary metabolite

compounds are less important as compared to the primary metabolite compounds. As

for the case of rotenone and its derivatives, the possibility of degradation on the yield at

higher temperature (Saiful et al., 2003) as well as the effect on the toxicological values

(Pagan and Hageman, 1949) were the main reason these particular compounds should be

considered to avoid surpassing 40 0C. This is to be sure that only high quality of fine

chemical compounds in the end of product development can be successfully obtained

(Surya and John, 2001). According to the engineering point of view, as the extraction

temperature is increased, it increases the rate of extraction by increasing the internal

diffusion as well as the mass transfer coefficient values and reduced the extraction time

Page 110: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

86

(Frank et al., 1999). However, it should be noted that increasing the temperature beyond

certain values led to a decrease in isoflavonoid compounds yield due to the high

susceptibility of the isoflavonoid to high temperature (Cacace and Mazza, 2003). The

finding was in accordance with Cacace and Mazza (2002) wherein the critical

temperature was in the range of 40 0C to 50 0C which contribute to major degradation of

the flavonoids compounds. Therefore, the main constraint in this study was to identify

an appropriate extraction temperature to preserve as much as possible rotenone content

(mg) despite of rotenone is a light and heat sensitive compound. Therefore, when

exposed to light and air, rotenone decomposes into non-toxic dihydrorotenone and water

and resulting in non-insecticidal bio-active compounds (Schnick, 1974). On top of that,

as reported by Grinda et al. (1986), rotenone usually decomposed and detoxify within

one or two weeks and it is difficult to predict in any given condition on how long the

toxicity will remain. In general, high alkalinity (more than pH 8.0 to pH 9.0), high

temperature, abundant light and air and lower concentrations favour rapid dissipation of

rotenone and its half life is predicted to be 3½ hours (rotenone concentration of 0.2 ppm

or 0.2 µg/ml) when exposed to bright sunlight (≅ 30 0C to 40 0C) or on the oven drying

(Grinda et al., 1986). In contrast, Pagan and Hageman (1949) have reported that the

rotenone content of Derris roots which exposure with all treatments (direct sunlight and

oven drying) was practically the same, indicating that all treatments had no effect on the

toxic constituents.

5.2.4 Effects of the raw material particles size and solvent-to-solid ratio on yield

Figure 5.8, Figure 5.9 and Figure 5.10 show a kinetic extraction of rotenone from

Derris elliptica namely as (A) rotenone concentration, mg/ml; (B) yield of rotenone, %

(w/w) using ethanol + oxalic acid solution, chloroform and acetone respectively. All

figures show a significant effect on the raw material particles size (mm in diameter) and

solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) against the concentration and yield of rotenone respectively.

Page 111: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

87

The yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) and rotenone concentration, mg/ml was

observed for 2 hours interval using the external standard method of reversed-phase High

Performance Liquid Chromatography (RP-HPLC). The example calculation is shown in

Appendix H. In this study, the yield of rotenone, % (w/w) and rotenone concentration,

mg/ml is defined as follows:

Yield of rotenone, % (w/w) = Yield of rotenone (mg)/weight of raw material (mg) × 100

Rotenone concentration, mg/ml = Yield of rotenone in the LCE (mg)/volume of LCE

A Figures 5.8 indicates that using the ethanol + oxalic acid solution with a

solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g (fine particles size), the highest concentration of

rotenone was obtained at 3.81 mg/ml after 50 hours of the extraction process. This was

followed using a solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0 ml/g (coarse particles size) which

produced a concentration of 1.14 mg/ml. For a solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g (coarse

particles size), a concentration of 0.72 mg/ml was observed whilst the lowest

concentration of 0.67 mg/ml was produced using a solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0 ml/g

(fine particles size). For the yield of rotenone in dried roots, a solvent-to-solid ratio of

10.0 ml/g (coarse particles size) produced the highest yield of 0.91 % (w/w) while a

solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0 ml/g (fine particles size) produced a yield of 0.47 % (w/w).

Using a solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g (fine particles size), a yield of 0.14 % (w/w)

was obtained while a solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g (coarse particles size) produced

the lowest yield of 0.06 % (w/w). A sequence of rotenone concentration (mg/ml)

produced using ethanol + oxalic acid as a solvent were B2 (fine particles size, 3.3 ml/g)

> B3 (coarse particles size, 10.0 ml/g) > B1 (coarse particles size, 3.3 ml/g) > B4 (fine

particles size, 10.0 ml/g) and a sequence of rotenone yield in dried roots, % (w/w) were

B3 (coarse particles size, 10.0 ml/g) > B4 (fine particles size, 10.0 ml/g) > B2 (fine

particles size, 3.3 ml/g) > B1 (coarse particles size, 3.3 ml/g).

Page 112: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

88

0.00

0.50

1.00

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50

Time, hours

Rot

enon

e co

ncen

trat

ions

, mg/

ml

B1 (Coarse, 2 - 5 mm in diameter - 3.3 ml/g)B2 (Fine, 0.5 - 2 mm in diameter - 3.3 ml/g)B3 (Coarse, 2 - 5 mm in diameter - 10 ml/g)B4 (Fine, 0.5 - 2 mm in diameter - 10 ml/g)

Figure 5.8 Kinetics of the rotenone extraction process from Derris elliptica - Ethanol +

oxalic acid solution: (A) rotenone concentration, mg/ml; (B) yield of rotenone, % (w/w)

B1; Coarse particles size; 3.3 ml/g

00.10.2

0.30.40.50.60.7

0.80.9

1

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54

Time, hours

Yiel

d of

rote

none

, % (w

/w)

B3 (Coarse, 2 - 5 mm in diameter - 10 ml/g)B4 (Fine, 0.5 - 2 mm in diameter - 10 ml/g)B1 (Coarse, 2 - 5 mm in diameter - 3.3 ml/g)B2 (Fine, 0.5 - 2 mm in diameter - 3.3 ml/g)

(A)

B2; Fine particles size; 3.3 ml/g

B4; Fine particles size; 10.0 ml/g

B1; Coarse particles size; 3.3 ml/g

(B) B3; Coarse particles size; 10.0 ml/g

B4; Fine particles size; 10.0 ml/g

B2; Fine particles size; 3.3 ml/g B1; Coarse particles size; 3.3 ml/g

Page 113: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

89

A Figure 5.9 indicates that using chloroform with a solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g

(coarse particles size), the highest concentration of rotenone was obtained at 0.84 mg/ml

after 50 hours of the extraction process. This was followed using a solvent-to-solid ratio

of 3.3 ml/g (fine particles size) which produced a concentration of 0.29 mg/ml. For a

solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0 ml/g (fine particles size), a concentration of 0.24 mg/ml

was produced while the lowest concentration of 0.09 mg/ml was produced using a

solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0 ml/g (coarse particles size). For the yield of rotenone in

dried roots, a solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0 ml/g (fine particles size) produced the highest

yield of 0.16 % (w/w) while a solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0 ml/g (coarse particles size)

produced a yield of 0.07 % (w/w). Using a solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g (coarse

particles size), a yield of 0.06 % (w/w) was obtained while a solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3

ml/g (fine particles size) produced the lowest yield of 0.01 % (w/w).

A sequence of rotenone concentration (mg/ml) produced using chloroform as a

solvent were C1 (coarse particles size, 3.3 ml/g) > C2 (fine particles size, 3.3 ml/g) > C4

(fine particles size, 10.0 ml/g) > C3 (coarse particles size, 10.0 ml/g) and a sequence of

rotenone yield in dried roots, % (w/w) were C4 (fine particles size, 10.0 ml/g) > C3

(coarse particles size, 10.0 ml/g) > C1 (coarse particles size, 3.3 ml/g) > C2 (fine

particles size, 3.3 ml/g).

Page 114: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

90

Figure 5.9 Kinetics of the rotenone extraction process from Derris elliptica - Chloroform:

(A) rotenone concentration, mg/ml; (B) yield of rotenone, % (w/w)

(A)

(B)

0.00

0.10

0.20

0.30

0.40

0.50

0.60

0.70

0.80

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50

Time, hours

Rot

enon

e co

ncen

trat

ions

, mg/

ml

C1 (Coarse, 2 - 5 mm in diameter - 3.3 ml/g)C2 (Fine, 0.5 - 2 mm in diameter - 3.3 ml/g)C4 (Fine, 0.5 - 2 mm in diameter - 10 ml/g)C3 (Coarse, 2 - 5 mm in diameter - 10 ml/g)

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

0.1

0.12

0.14

0.16

0.18

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54

Time, hours

Yie

ld o

f rot

enon

e, %

(w/w

)

C1 (Coarse, 2 - 5 mm in diameter - 3.3 ml/g)C2 (Fine, 0.5 - 2 mm in diameter - 3.3 ml/g)C3 (Coarse, 2 - 5 mm in diameter - 10 ml/g)C4 (Fine, 0.5 - 2 mm in diameter - 10 ml/g)

(B)

(A)

C1; Coarse particles size; 3.3 ml/g

C4; Fine particles size; 10.0 ml/g

C2; Fine particles size; 3.3 ml/g C3; Coarse particles size; 10.0 ml/g

C4; Fine particles size; 10.0 ml/g

C3; Coarse particles size; 10.0 ml/g

C1; Coarse particles size; 3.3 ml/g

C2; Fine particles size; 3.3 ml/g

Page 115: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

91

Finally, Figures 5.10 signify that using acetone with a solvent-to-solid ratio of

3.3 ml/g (fine particles size), the highest concentration of rotenone was obtained at 8.30

mg/ml after 50 hours of the extraction process. This was followed using a solvent-to-

solid ratio of 10.0 ml/g (fine particles size) which produced a concentration of 2.14

mg/ml. For a solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0 ml/g (coarse particles size), a concentration

of 1.20 mg/ml was observed while the lowest concentration of 0.77 mg/ml was produced

using a solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g (coarse particles size). For the yield of

rotenone in dried roots, acetone with a solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0 ml/g (fine particles

size) produced the highest yield of 1.32 % (w/w) whilst a solvent-to-solid ratio of 10.0

ml/g (coarse particles size) produced a yield of 0.86 % (w/w). Using a solvent-to-solid

ratio of 3.3 ml/g (fine particles size), a yield of 0.14 % (w/w) was obtained while a

solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g (coarse particles size) produced the lowest yield of 0.03

% (w/w).

A progression of rotenone concentration (mg/ml) produced using acetone as a

solvent were A2 (fine particles size, 3.3 ml/g) > A4 (fine particles size, 10.0 ml/g) > A3

(coarse particles size, 10.0 ml/g) > A1 (coarse particles size, 3.3 ml/g) and a progression

of rotenone yield in dried roots; % (w/w) were A4 (fine particles size, 10.0 ml/g) > A3

(coarse particles size, 10.0 ml/g) > A2 (fine particles size, 3.3 ml/g) > A1 (coarse

particles, 3.3 ml/g).

Page 116: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

92

Figure 5.10 Kinetics of the rotenone extraction process from Derris elliptica - Acetone:

(A) rotenone concentration, mg/ml; (B) yield of rotenone, % (w/w)

0.00

1.00

2.00

3.00

4.00

5.00

6.00

7.00

8.00

9.00

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50Time, hours

Rot

enon

e co

ncen

trat

ions

, mg/

ml

A2 (Fine, 0.5 - 2 mm in diameter - 3.3 ml/g)A1 (Coarse, 2 - 5 mm in diameter - 3.3 ml/g)A4 (Fine, 0.5 - 2 mm in diameter - 10 ml/g)A3 (Coarse, 2 - 5 mm in diameter - 10 ml/g)

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

1.2

1.4

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54

Time, hours

Yiel

d of

rote

none

, % (w

/w)

A4 (Fine, 0.5 - 2 mm in diameter - 10 ml/g)A2 (Fine, 0.5 - 2 mm in diameter - 3.3 ml/g)A1 (Coarse, 2 - 5 mm in diameter - 3.3 ml/g)A3 (Coarse, 2 - 5 mm in diameter - 10 ml/g)

A2; Coarse particles size; 3.3 ml/g

A4; Fine particles size; 10.0 ml/g

A1; Coarse particles size; 3.3 ml/g

A4; Fine particles size; 10.0 ml/g

A3; Coarse particles size; 10.0 ml/g

A2; Fine particles size; 3.3 ml/g A1; Coarse particles size; 3.3 ml/g

A3; Coarse particles size; 10.0 ml/g

(A)

(B)

Page 117: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

93

All results as shown in Figure 5.8, Figure 5.9 and Figure 5.10 indicate that the raw

material particle size (mm in diameter) affects the extraction rate by increasing the total

mass transfer area when the particle size is reduced (Schwartzberg and Chao, 1982).

Theoretically, it was expected that the fine raw material particles size produced the

highest yield of rotenoids resin as well as the yield of rotenone. Nevertheless, if all the

other processing parameters were accounted, a slight differentiation can be expected

depending on how well the parameters were suited to each others. Hence, the fine

Derris roots with particles size of 0.5 mm to 2.0 mm in diameter were the best root size

to extract a sufficient amount of rotenone for further research purposes. Therefore, in

the optimization phase experiments, a range of 0.5 mm to 5.0 mm in diameter was

selected to obtain the optimum processing parameters on the yield of rotenoids resin in

dried roots; % (w/w), yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and biological activity

(LC50) of rotenoids resin. Since the previous exploratory experiments were based on the

amount of rotenone or total extractives of the roots contained, it seems desirable to assay

various particles size biologically and to compare these values with various chemical

criteria.

Moreover, Figure 5.8, Figure 5.9 and Figure 5.10 indicate that there were a

significant effect of the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) against the yield of rotenone in dried

roots; % (w/w). There was a significant increased in the yield of rotenone in dried roots;

% (w/w) with the increased of the solvent-to-solid ratio. The acetone, ethanol + oxalic

acid solution and chloroform extract were observed to have increment in the yield of

rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) as the solvent-to-solid ratio increased. The rotenone

extraction kinetics using the acetone, ethanol + oxalic acid solution and chloroform at

solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g and 10.0 ml/g are presented in Figure 5.8, Figure 5.9

and Figure 5.10. In contrast, Grinda et al. (1986) have reported that the solvent-to-solid

ratio of 1.6 ml/g gives the yield of rotenone in dried roots up to 14 % (w/w) using the

methylene chloride and octyl stearate. Additionally, the increment of rotenone yield; %

(w/w) with the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) is in accordance with the mass transfer

principles (Cacace and Mazza, 2003). These experiments indicated that the driving

force during mass transfer within the solid is considered to be the concentration gradient,

Page 118: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

94

which is greater when the higher solvent-to-solid ratio used, resulting in an increase of

the diffusion rate (Cacace and Mazza, 2003). However, the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g)

did insignificantly affected diffusivity wherein the extractions are stopped when the

equilibrium is reached (Cacace and Mazza, 2003). Therefore, by modifying on the

solubility and solute-solvent interactions, the yield of rotenone can be affected

significantly (Cacace and Mazza, 2003). A solid’s solubility is affected by changes in

the activity coefficient, which varies with the temperature and composition of the

solution (Frank et al., 1999). Interactions of the compounds with the solvent could have

modified the activity coefficient and thus the solubility of the compounds. In summary,

the main effect of the solvent-to-solid ratio is to modify the solubility thus increase to

the highest yield of rotenone (mg) at the appropriate solvent-to-solid ratio.

5.2.5 Summary of the preliminary experiments

Based on the preliminary study, the maximum yield of rotenoids resin in dried

roots obtained from the preliminary experiment was 9.50 % (w/w) whilst the maximum

yield of rotenone in dried roots was 1.95 % (w/w) and the biological activity (LC50) of

rotenoids resin was ≤ 1.00 ppm which consider very active constituents against brine

shrimp (Artemia salina). The biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin was done

separately due to the sampling procedures for 2 hours interval produced insufficient

volume (ml) of Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) after the concentration process (to acquire

rotenoids resin). Table 5.3 and Table 5.4 show the average yield of rotenone in dried

roots; % (w/w) carried out by Saiful et al. (2003) and the preliminary experiments result

respectively.

Page 119: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

95

Table 5.3: The average yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w)

aProcurement places and extraction date bYield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) 15 April 2003, Kangkar Pulai, Johor 1.14 06 July 2003, Felda Taib Andak, Johor 1.60 01 December 2003, Felda Taib Andak, Johor 1.75 11 December 2003, Felda Taib Andak, Johor 2.48 16 March 2004, Kota Johor Lama, Johor 1.86 25 March 2004, Kota Johor Lama, Johor 1.65 26 March 2004, Kota Johor Lama, Johor 1.13 05 January 2005, Kota Johor Lama, Johor 2.60 25 April 2005, Kota Johor Lama, Johor 3.34 Average of rotenone content in dried roots ≅ 1.95

a‘Tuba’ plants were collected in the state of Johor and have been identified as ‘Tuba Kapur’ or Derris elliptica. bAll results were done using the same method of extraction as shown in Table 4.2 (Chapter IV).

Table 5.4: The preliminary experiments result

Dependent/response variables Preliminary experiment results Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) ≅ 9.50 (Saiful et al., 2003) Yield of rotenone dried roots, % (w/w) ≅ 1.95 (Saiful et al., 2003) Brine Shrimp Lethality study (McLaughlin and Rogers, 1998) Biological activity, LC50 (ppm) ≤ 1.00

The fine part of Derris roots and types of solvent of acetone and ethanol + oxalic

acid solution were affected the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w) and yield

of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w). This suggest that rotenone was accumulated at the

roots part of either in fine or coarse due to the cell tissues that contain the rotenoids resin

were relatively abundant in the small (below than 1.0 cm) and medium (1.0 cm to 2.0

cm) roots part in diameter in the form of milky sap. Meanwhile, the usage of moderate

polarity organic solvent of acetone and ethanol were also significantly affected the

amount of rotenoids resin and rotenone in the extract. Ethanol is added with oxalic acid

solution to facilitate the solubility of rotenone during the extraction process. In addition,

rotenone is an isoflavonoid molecule which contains a sugar molecule tends to be

Page 120: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

96

slightly soluble in water. Furthermore, rotenone dissolved in water in the form of liquid

emulsion (milky solution) due to its natural occurring emulsifier in the resin substances.

Hence, the combination of alcoholic solvent with water is usually used to facilitate the

extraction process depending on what particular compounds are extracted (Fasihuddin

and Hasmah, 1993).

Pitigon and Sangwanit (1997) also reported that ethanol is the most suitable

solvent for the rotenone extraction. Besides, these two types of solvent are non-

hazardous solvent, biodegradable, economical and environmental-friendly (less phyto-

toxic). Although the comparison of solvents selectivity towards the yield of rotenoids

resin in dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) could be

done and selected directly, the results suggested that different solvent would gives

different values. Thus, acetone and ethanol were taken into consideration as a factor

levels in the optimization phase. As for the extraction time, the minimum extraction

time studied in the preliminary phase was 1 hour and the maximum was 24 hours with

2 hours interval. Overall, it shows that the increment of extraction time facilitated the

increment of rotenone content (mg) and rotenone concentration (mg/ml). The

equilibrium time of the exhaustive extraction under ambient temperature was appeared

to be approximately 14 hours and the time was fixed (control) as a time of extraction

process in the optimization phase. Experiments in the preliminary phase also verified

the appropriate temperature for the extraction process in order to avoid any thermal

degradation of the bio-active compounds. The experiments were shown that the

extraction and concentration process should not be exceeded 40 0C to avoid rotenone

dissipation. Hence, temperature for the optimization phase experiments was fixed to an

ambient temperature which is approximately 26 ± 2 0C. There was an additional setup

to the extraction vessel to avoid fluctuation on the ambient temperature during extraction

process. Hence, the whole extraction vessel was insulated with a thick aluminium foil,

covered with plastic and place into dark cabinet to minimize any excess heat from the

surrounding environment. Ambient temperature was monitored using the thermometer

for 1 hour interval. As for the concentration process, the temperature was fixed at 40 0C

under reduced pressure of 0.3 × 10-3 bar.

Page 121: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

97

The solvent-to-solid ratio on the preliminary experiments was also shown a

significant effect on the yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w). The experiments

were shown that as the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) increased; the yield of rotenone (mg)

increased significantly until it reached an equilibrium phase. The increment of rotenone

yield (mg) with the increment of the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) is consistent with the

mass transfer principles (Cacace and Mazza, 2003). Theoretically, the yield of rotenone

(mg) is increased in the bulk solution through the increment of solvent volume (ml).

When the yield of rotenone reaches its optimum value (equilibrium), any additional

volume of solvent (ml) would not significantly affect the yield of rotenone in the bulk

solution (Cacace and Mazza, 2003). The final concentration (mg/ml) at that moment

start to decrease as the volume of the solvent keeps increasing. This is the indicator that

all desirable constituents in the roots have been extracted exhaustively. Furthermore, the

solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.3 ml/g was purposely selected to accommodate the significant

effect on the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in

dried roots; % (w/w) against the solvent-to-solid ratio carried out by Grinda et al. (1986)

and Saiful et al. (2003) which are 2.0 ml/g and 10.0 ml/g respectively. In order to obtain

the optimum processing parameter, the solvent-to-solid ratio carried out by Grinda et al.

(1986) and Saiful et al. (2003) were selected for the optimization phase experiments so

that the optimum yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w), yield of rotenone in

dried roots; % (w/w) and biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin can be achieved.

Meanwhile, the raw material particles size also verified that the fine (below than

2.0 mm) and medium (2.0 mm to 5.0 mm) particles size in diameter promoted the high

yield of rotenone (mg) for the optimization phase experiments. According to Grinda et

al. (1986), they were using the finely crushed Derris roots to produced as much as 14.0

% (w/w) yield of rotenone. The range of raw material particles size to acquire as much

as they have extracted from the finely crushed Derris roots were unavailable and kept

secretly. Moreover, the other Derris species such as Lonchocarpus and Millettia were

mixed during the extraction process to produce high yield of rotenoids resin (g) and

rotenone (mg). In fact, the Derris species that have been used in the exploratory and

preliminary experiments were Derris elliptica (Tuba Kapur) and Derris malaccensis

Page 122: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

98

(Tuba Gading). In this study, the plant species were not exactly the same used by

Grinda et al. (1986) due to the unavailability of the species in Malaysia. Therefore, the

yield of rotenoids resin (g) and rotenone (mg) as reported by Grinda et al. (1986) were

noticeably differed with the exploratory and preliminary experiment.

5.3 Optimization phase results: Effect of processing parameters on the

response variables

Effect of processing parameters on the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots;

% (w/w), yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and biological activity (LC50) of

rotenoids resin were discussed in this section. The experiments were carried out based

on the experimental design generated using the Design-Expert® software version 6.0

(Stat-Ease, 2002) to obtain the regression and to analyze graphically the data produced

by the Design of Experiment (DOE). The results were presented in response surface

three-dimensional graphs and contour plot. Since response variables of the biological

activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin appeared to be insignificant, there were only two

response variables studied. Each response variable produced two graphs. All four

graphs must be taken into consideration in order to derive the final result of the effect of

processing parameters on the response variables. The graphs consist of three axes where

Z axes represent the response variable while X and Y axes represent three conditions as

shown in Figure 5.11.

Page 123: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

99

Graph 1 = X: Raw material particles size, Y: Solvent-to-solid ratio - Types of solvent A

Graph 2 = X: Raw material particles size, Y: Solvent-to-solid ratio - Types of solvent B

A: Acetone, B: Ethanol + oxalic acid solution

(aNOTE: Response variable of the Brine Shrimp Lethality study was not included due to insignificant result from the ANOVA interpretation)

Figure 5.11 Response surface three-dimensional graphs and contour plot

The contour plot consists of two axes, which represent the processing parameters

as in the three-dimensional graphs. However, the response variable is represented by the

contours. There are many types of contours such as true maximum, stationary ridge,

rising ridge and minimal (Davies, 1954). From the ANOVA table simulated by the

software, the significant effects of each processing parameters (X,Y) towards the

response variables (Z) will be calculated using the F-value and if the effects is

significant, the optimum responses can be interpreted, obtained and the conclusion can

be made conclusively.

aZ: Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w)

Page 124: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

100

5.3.1 Effect of processing parameters on the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots The result of processing parameters (X1, X2 and X3) towards the yield of

rotenoids resin in dried roots was obtained from the experimental data in Table 5.5.

Table 5.5: The design layout and experimental results (Yield of rotenoids resin) Run Factor 1

X1: Solvent-to-solid ratio

Factor 2 X2: Raw material particles size

Factor 3 X3: Types of solvent

Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots (Experiment)

Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots (Predicted)

ml/g mm in diameter Treatment % (w/w) % (w/w) 1 6.00 5.00 Acetone 2.48 11.86 2 10.00 2.75 Ethanol 22.77 21.70 3 3.62 4.09 Ethanol 25.83 22.41 4 3.62 1.41 Acetone 2.50 12.37 5 8.38 4.09 Ethanol 28.21 21.82 6 2.00 2.75 Acetone 18.46 12.49 7 3.62 4.09 Acetone 32.69 12.21 8 8.38 4.09 Ethanol 19.34 21.82 9 3.62 1.41 Acetone 3.09 12.37 10 6.00 2.75 Ethanol 23.53 22.19 11 6.00 5.00 Ethanol 23.78 22.06 12 8.38 1.41 Ethanol 26.90 21.98 13 6.00 2.75 Acetone 13.36 12.00 14 3.62 4.09 Ethanol 16.68 22.41 15 6.00 0.50 Ethanol 21.09 22.33 16 3.62 4.09 Acetone 14.45 12.21 17 6.00 2.75 Acetone 11.48 12.00 18 6.00 2.75 Ethanol 31.98 22.19 19 8.38 1.41 Acetone 20.03 11.78 20 8.38 4.09 Acetone 6.15 11.62 21 6.00 0.50 Acetone 26.73 12.13 22 8.38 1.41 Ethanol 10.64 21.98 23 6.00 2.75 Ethanol 27.60 22.19 24 6.00 2.75 Acetone 4.24 12.00 25 8.38 4.09 Acetone 9.49 11.62 26 3.62 1.41 Ethanol 16.97 22.57 27 8.38 1.41 Acetone 8.61 11.78 28 2.00 2.75 Ethanol 7.64 22.69 29 10.00 2.75 Acetone 6.17 11.50 30 3.62 1.41 Ethanol 29.96 22.57

Page 125: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

101

These results were analyzed using the Design-Expert® software version 6.0

(Stat-Ease, 2002) for further analysis. Examination of the test summary output revealed

that the linear model was statistically significant for the response and therefore it will be

used for further analysis. The ANOVA performed indicated the model was significant

while the lack of fit was insignificant. Table 5.6 shows the ANOVA final result.

Table 5.6: ANOVA response surface linear model [responses: Yield of rotenoids resin

in dried roots, % (w/w)]

aAnalysis of variance (ANOVA) table for response surface linear model [Partial sum of squares]

The ANOVA table for the effects of processing parameters on the yield of

rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) is shown in Table 5.6. It shown that the ‘Model

F-value’ of 3.69 implies the model is significant. There was only a 3.0 % (0.03) chance

that a ‘Model F-value’ this large could occur due to noise. Values of ‘Prob > F’ less

than 0.05 (5.0 % confidence limit) indicate model terms were significant. In this case, C

(X3) was a significant model terms. Values greater than 0.10 indicate the model terms

were not significant. If there were many insignificant model terms (not counting those

required to support hierarchy), model reduction may improve the model.

aSource Sum of Squares

DF Mean Square F value Prob > F

Model 782.72 3 260.91 3.69 0.03 A 2.36 1 2.36 0.03 0.86 B 0.16 1 0.16 2.37 × 103 0.96 C 780.20 1 780.20 35.21 0.03 × 10-1 Residual 1837.22 26 70.66 Lack of fit 1220.05 14 87.15 1.69 0.18 Pure error 617.17 12 51.43 Cor Total 2619.94 29 Std. Dev. 8.41 R-Squared 0.30 Mean 17.10 Adj R-Squared 0.22 C.V. 49.17 Pred R-Squared 0.04 PRESS 2505.04 Adeq Precision 3.65

Not significant

Significant

Page 126: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

102

The ‘Lack of Fit F-value’ of 1.69 implies the ‘Lack of Fit’ was not significant

relative to the pure error. There was an 18.0 % (0.18) chance that ‘Lack of Fit F-value’

this large could occur due to noise. Non-significant of the ‘Lack of Fit’ represent that

the model is good and fitted well in the experiments.

In this study, the value of the determination coefficient (R2 = 0.30) indicates only

70.0 % (0.7) of the total variations were not explained by the model. Therefore, the

model obtained from the design was fairly well fitted with the experiment data. The

value of predicted determination coefficient (Pred. R-Squared = 0.04) was in reasonable

agreement with the adjusted determination coefficient (Adj. R-Squared = 0.22). An

‘Adeq. Precision’ measures the signal (response) to noise (deviation) ratio wherein a

ratio that greater than 4 is desirable. An ‘Adeq. Precision’ of this model was 3.64 (< 4),

indicated that inadequate signal occurred and therefore the model was significantly fair

for the process. Overall, there was a fair significant effect of the processing parameters

on the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w).

The factors that most influenced on the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, %

(w/w) were ranked as follows: C (X3 - types of solvent) > A (X1 - solvent-to-solid ratio)

> B (X2 - raw material particles size). These factors were ranked based on the value of

‘Prob > F’ greater than 0.10 indicate that the model terms are not significant. It can be

observed that using a specific range of raw material particles size (mm in diameter) in

the extraction process gives the lowest significant processing parameter to affect the

yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w). While using specific types of solvent

with different solvent strength (polarity) between acetone and ethanol gives the most

significant processing parameter to affect the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, %

(w/w).

The yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) was calculated using the

yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, mg as shown in Appendix A. The final empirical

models in terms of actual factor for the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w)

value were expressed by the equation (5.1) and (5.2) respectively.

Page 127: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

103

(a) Types of solvent - Ethanol + oxalic acid solution:

Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) = 23.10 - [0.12 × solvent-to-solid

ratio] - [0.06 × raw material

particles size] (5.1)

(b) Types of solvent - Acetone:

Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) = 12.90 - [0.12 × solvent-to-solid

ratio] - [0.06 × raw material

particles size] (5.2)

This model can be used to predict the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, %

(w/w). From Figure 5.12, the normal probability plot of residuals revealed that the

residuals generally fall on a straight line that errors are distributed normally. The

difference between experimental value and predicted value from the model of

experiment is defined as residual (Stat-Ease, 2002).

There were no obvious patterns and unusual structure observed in the plot

residual versus the predicted response for the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, %

(w/w) value as shown in Figure 5.13. In addition, the size of the studentized residual

should be independent of its predicted value. In other words the spread of the

stundentized residuals should be approximately the same across all levels of the

predicted values (Stat-Ease, 2002).

Page 128: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

104

DESIGN-EXPERT PlotYield of rotenoids resin in dried roots

Studentized Residuals

Nor

mal

% P

roba

bilit

y

Normal Plot of Residuals

-1.97 -0.82 0.33 1.48 2.63

1

5

10

20

30

50

70

80

90

95

99

Figure 5.12 Normal probability plots of residuals (Yield of rotenoids resin)

DESIGN-EXPERT PlotYield of rotenoids resin in dried roots

Predicted

Stu

dent

ized

Res

idua

ls

Residuals vs. Predicted

-3.00

-1.50

0.00

1.50

3.00

11.50 14.30 17.10 19.89 22.69

Figure 5.13 The residual versus the predicted response (Yield of rotenoids resin)

Page 129: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

105

DESIGN-EXPERT Plot

Yield of rotenoids resin in dried rootsX = A: Solvent-to-Solid RatioY = B: Raw material particles size

Actual FactorC: Types of solvent = Ethanol

21.8233

22.009

22.1947

22.3803

22.566

Yie

ld o

f rot

enoi

ds re

sin

in d

ried

root

s

3.62

4.81

6.00

7.19

8.38 1.41

2.08

2.75

3.42

4.09

A: Solvent-to-Solid Ratio

B: Raw material particles size

Figure 5.14 Surface plot of the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) as a

function of raw material particles size and solvent-to-solid ratio: Ethanol + oxalic acid

solution extract

DESIGN-EXPERT Plot

Yield of rotenoids resin in dried rootsX = A: Solvent-to-Solid RatioY = B: Raw material particles size

Actual FactorC: Types of solvent = Acetone

11.624

11.8097

11.9953

12.181

12.3667

Yie

ld o

f rot

enoi

ds re

sin

in d

ried

root

s

3.62

4.81

6.00

7.19

8.38 1.41

2.08

2.75

3.42

4.09

A: Solvent-to-Solid Ratio

B: Raw material particles size

Figure 5.15 Surface plot of the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) as a

function of raw material particles size and solvent-to-solid ratio: Acetone extract

Page 130: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

106

The surface plots representing the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w)

versus the effect of solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g), raw material particles size (mm in

diameter) and types of solvent (acetone and ethanol + oxalic acid solution). The surface

plots are shown in Figure 5.14 and Figure 5.15. Regarding on the interaction effects, it

shows that different types of solvent with different polarity were significantly affected

the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w). In addition, the solvent-to-solid

ratio (ml/g) was also significantly affected the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, %

(w/w). The decrement of solvent-to-solid ratio from 8.38 ml/g to 3.62 ml/g increases

proportionately the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) for ethanol + oxalic

acid solution and acetone extract from 21.0 % (w/w) to 22.5 % (w/w) and 11.81 %

(w/w) to 12.37 % (w/w) respectively. Furthermore, the raw material particles size (mm

in diameter) was the lowest parameter to affect the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots,

% (w/w). The decrement of raw material particles size from 4.09 mm to 1.41 mm in

diameter gives only a small increment of the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, %

(w/w) for ethanol + oxalic acid solution and acetone extract from 21.82 % (w/w) to 22.0

% (w/w) and 11.62 % (w/w) to 11.81 % (w/w) respectively. Overall, the interaction

between processing parameters against the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, %

(w/w) can be stated as follows:

(1) Ethanol extract: A ↓; B ↓ = ↑ Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w)

(2) Acetone extract: A ↓; B ↓ = ↑ Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w)

* A - Solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g), B - Raw material particles size (mm in diameter)

Moreover, Pagan and Hageman (1949) also reported that the raw material

particles size (mm in diameter) was affected significantly on the yield of rotenoids resin

in dried roots; % (w/w) at different range of sizes. However, the range of raw material

particles size (mm in diameter) considered in the study seems to be insignificant on the

yield of rotenoids resin (g). Based on the optimization phase analysis, 3.62 ml/g

solvent-to-solid ratio, 1.41 mm in diameter raw material particles size for both extracts

of acetone and ethanol + oxalic acid solution were required to achieve maximum yield

of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w). As referred to Figure 5.14 and Figure 5.15,

Page 131: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

107

the maximum yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots [g and % (w/w)] for ethanol + oxalic

acid solution extract and acetone extract were approximately 6.77 g/30.0 g [≅ 0.23 g

rotenoids resin/g dried roots] or 22.57 % (w/w) and 3.71 g/30.0 g [≅ 0.12 g rotenoids

resin/g dried roots] or 12.37 % (w/w) respectively. This is lower about 16.0 % (ethanol

+ oxalic acid solution extract) and 70.0 % (acetone extract) than the yield as reported by

Grinda et al. (1986). According to Grinda et al. (1986), the yield of rotenoids resin in

dried roots; % (w/w) was approximately 39.0 g/100.0 g [≅ 0.39 g rotenoids resin/g dried

roots] or 39.0 % (w/w) in which far beyond the yield obtained from the study. The

results indicated that acetone and ethanol is the most desirable organic solvent to extract

large amount of rotenoids resin. In addition, adjusting the polarity of ethanol by adding

with the other chemical actually gives a significant increment of the yield of rotenoids

resin in dried roots, % (w/w) as compared to the used of single solvent. According to

Gaikar and Dandekar (2001), this could be achieved using the additional aqueous

hydrotope solution where it allows water insoluble organic compounds to be diluted in

the aqueous. However, Derris roots have its own natural emulsifier which available in

the resin to allow water insoluble compounds to be well dissolved in the water. Besides,

Grinda et al. (1986) preferred to use hazardous chlorinated hydrocarbons such as

methylene chloride (polarity of 3.1) and chloroform (polarity of 4.1) to extract good

quality and quantity of rotenoids resin.

Even though Grinda et al. (1986) have noticed the risk to human health

(especially for the operators in the production line) and the environment effects using the

hazardous material, they kept on using this material until recently. They are also facing

major problems such as phyto-toxic, deterioration of soil nutrient and fatality to the non-

targeted or beneficial organism (e.g.: bees, birds and pollinated beetle). According to

Pagan and Loustalot (1949), the chlorinated hydrocarbons such as chloroform was

apparently extracted almost all constituents including waxes, fats, chlorophyll, resin and

other plant materials. As a result, the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) as

reported by Grinda et al. (1986) was definitely impure resinous form and comprised

with large amount of unwanted substances that had no appreciable toxicity (Jones and

Pagan, 1949). In addition, the rotenoids resin that has been obtained from this study is

Page 132: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

108

in pure form wherein less than 6 unidentified compounds were detected in the resin

using the reversed-phase HPLC (Appendix H). A production of white and milky

solution when dissolved into water would also be the good indicator to identify the

purity of the extracted resin (Andel, 2000). This mechanism can be theoretically

described as the cell wall of Derris roots is broken, the globules of resin and oil are

suspended in the sap, probably by means of saponin that acts as solubilizer or emulsifier

contributed the solubility of rotenoids resin in the water (Francis and Franklin, 1943;

Andel 2000).

Page 133: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

109

5.3.2 Effect of processing parameters on the yield of rotenone in dried roots

The result of processing parameters (X1, X2 and X3) towards the yield of

rotenone in dried roots was obtained from the experimental data in Table 5.7.

Table 5.7: The design layout and experimental results (Yield of rotenone) Run Factor 1

X1: Solvent-to-solid ratio

Factor 2 X2: Raw material particles size

Factor 3 X3: Types of solvent

Yield of rotenone in dried roots (Experiment)

Yield of rotenone in dried roots (Predicted)

ml/g mm in diameter Treatment % (w/w) % (w/w) 1 6.00 5.00 Acetone 0.40 0.045 2 10.00 2.75 Ethanol 1.38 0.017 3 3.62 4.09 Ethanol 0.17 -0.085 4 3.62 1.41 Acetone 9.82 5.75 5 8.38 4.09 Ethanol 0.81 1.43 6 2.00 2.75 Acetone 0.19 1.31 7 3.62 4.09 Acetone 0.79 0.35 8 8.38 4.09 Ethanol 0.48 1.43 9 3.62 1.41 Acetone 8.67 5.75 10 6.00 2.75 Ethanol 0.45 0.67 11 6.00 5.00 Ethanol 1.35 0.68 12 8.38 1.41 Ethanol 0.49 -0.87 13 6.00 2.75 Acetone 1.08 2.66 14 3.62 4.09 Ethanol 0.27 -0.085 15 6.00 0.50 Ethanol 0.98 0.65 16 3.62 4.09 Acetone 0.52 0.35 17 6.00 2.75 Acetone 5.86 2.66 18 6.00 2.75 Ethanol 0.73 0.67 19 8.38 1.41 Acetone 0.59 2.69 20 8.38 4.09 Acetone 0.54 1.86 21 6.00 0.50 Acetone 2.77 5.28 22 8.38 1.41 Ethanol 0.44 -0.87 23 6.00 2.75 Ethanol 0.94 0.67 24 6.00 2.75 Acetone 4.86 2.66 25 8.38 4.09 Acetone 0.33 1.86 26 3.62 1.41 Ethanol 0.64 2.19 27 8.38 1.41 Acetone 0.36 2.69 28 2.00 2.75 Ethanol 0.19 3.31 29 10.00 2.75 Acetone 3.14 2.01 30 3.62 1.41 Ethanol 0.66 2.19

Page 134: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

110

These results were analyzed using the Design-Expert® software version 6.0

(Stat-Ease, 2002) for further analysis. Examination of the test summary output revealed

that the 2FI (2 factor interaction terms) model was statistically significant for the

response and therefore it will be used for further analysis. The ANOVA performed

indicated the model was significant while the lack of fit was significant. In order to

eliminate the insignificant terms, the backward elimination procedure was selected. The

data was again evaluated. The resulting ANOVA table reveals that the model and

previously significant model terms were still significant. Similarly, the ‘Lack of Fit’

was still significant. Table 5.8 shows the ANOVA final result.

Table 5.8: ANOVA response surface 2FI model (responses: Yield of rotenone in dried

roots) (backward)

Significant

aAnalysis of variance (ANOVA) table for response surface reduced 2FI model [Partial sum of squares]

aSource Sum of Squares

DF Mean Square F value Prob > F

Model 87.97 5 17.59 4.81 0.04 × 10-1 A 4.07 1 4.07 1.11 0.30 B 16.34 1 16.34 4.46 0.05 C 29.88 1 29.88 8.16 0.09 × 10-1 AB 20.98 1 20.98 5.73 0.03 BC 16.72 1 16.72 4.57 0.04 Residual 87.86 24 3.66 Lack of fit 74.22 12 6.19 5.44 0.03 × 10-1 Pure error 13.64 12 1.14 Cor Total 175.84 29 Std. Dev. 1.91 R-Squared 0.50 Mean 1.66 Adj R-Squared 0.40 C.V. 115.03 Pred R-Squared 0.21 PRESS 138.78 Adeq Precision 7.74

Significant

Page 135: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

111

The ANOVA table for the effects of processing parameters on the yield of

rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) is shown in Table 5.8. It shows that the ‘Model F-

value’ of 4.81 implies the model was significant. There was only a 0.4 % (0.04 × 10-1)

chances that a ‘Model F-value’ this large could occur due to noise. Values of ‘Prob > F’

less than 0.05 (5.0 % confidence limit) indicate model terms were significant. In this

case, B (X2), C (X3), AB (X1X2) and BC (X2X3) were a significant model terms. Values

greater than 0.10 indicate the model terms are not significant. If there are many

insignificant model terms (not counting those required to support hierarchy), model

reduction may improve the model.

The ‘Lack of Fit F-value’ of 5.54 implies the ‘Lack of Fit’ was significant

relative to the pure error. There was a 0.3 % (0.03 × 10-1) chances that ‘Lack of Fit

F-value’ this large could occur due to noise. Significant of the ‘Lack of Fit’ represent

that the model is bad and not fitted well in the experiments. This may be the indication

of a large block effect or a possible problem with the model or input data. Things to

consider are model reduction, response transformation and outliers. Outlier T detection

helps to remove outliers from the model in order to build a more effective model.

Therefore, when the outlier is omitted from the model fitting process, the results fit

better to all points accepts the outlying point (Stat-Ease, 2002).

In this study, the value of the determination coefficient (R2 = 0.50) indicates only

50.0 % (0.5) of the total variations were not explained by the model. Therefore, the

model obtained from the design was moderately well fitted with the experiment data.

The value of predicted determination coefficient (Pred. R-Squared = 0.21) was in

reasonable agreement with the adjusted determination coefficient (Adj. R-Squared =

0.40). An ‘Adeq. Precision’ measures the signal (response) to noise (deviation) ratio

wherein a ratio that greater than 4 is desirable. An ‘Adeq. Precision’ of this model was

7.74 (> 4), indicated that adequate signal occurred and therefore the model was

significantly moderate for the process. Overall, there was a moderate significant effect

of the processing parameters on the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w).

Page 136: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

112

The significant factors were ranked based on the value of ‘Prob > F’ ratio. The

factor with the lowest ‘Prob > F’ value was the most influences on the yield of rotenone

in dried roots, % (w/w). Thus, the factors were ranked as follows: C (X3 - types of

solvent) > B (X2 - raw material particles size) > B (X1 - solvent-to-solid ratio). It can be

observed that using a specific range of solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) in the extraction

process gives the lowest significant processing parameter to affect the yield of rotenone

in dried roots, % (w/w). While using specific types of solvent with different solvent

strength (polarity) between acetone and ethanol gives the most significant processing

parameter to affect the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w). The yield of rotenone

in dried roots, % (w/w) was calculated using the yield of rotenone (mg) before the

concentration process as shown in Appendix A. The final empirical models in terms of

actual factor for the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) value were expressed by

the equation (5.3) and (5.4) respectively. The yield of rotenone in dried roots after the

concentration process, % (w/w) was not selected for the optimization phase analysis due

to the occurrence of thermal degradation which result a large dissipation of rotenone

content (mg). Consequently, the results were insignificant to obtain the optimum

processing parameter. On top of that, the results represent the actual amount of rotenone

consisted in the rotenoids resin after the concentration process but unfortunately cannot

be used due to the insignificant model achieved.

(a) Types of solvent - Ethanol + oxalic acid solution:

Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) = 7.56 - [1.15 × solvent-to-solid ratio] -

[2.15 × raw material particles size] + [0.36

× solvent-to-solid ratio × raw material

particles size] (5.3)

(b) Types of solvent - Acetone:

Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) = 12.77 - [1.15 × solvent-to-solid ratio] -

[3.32 × raw material particles size] + [0.36

× solvent-to-solid ratio × raw material

particles size] (5.4)

Page 137: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

113

This model can be used to predict the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w).

As referred to Figure 5.16, the normal probability plot of residuals revealed that the

residuals generally fall on a straight line that errors were distributed normally. The

difference between experimental value and predicted value from the model of

experiment is defined as residual (Stat-Ease, 2002). No obvious patterns and unusual

structure were observed in the plot residual versus the predicted response for the yield of

rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) value as shown in Figure 5.17.

DESIGN-EXPERT PlotYield of rotenone content in dried roots

Studentized Residuals

Nor

mal

% P

roba

bilit

yNormal Plot of Residuals

-1.79 -0.73 0.32 1.38 2.44

1

5

10

20

30

50

70

80

90

95

99

Figure 5.16 Normal probability plots of residuals (Yield of rotenone)

Page 138: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

114

DESIGN-EXPERT PlotYield of rotenone content in dried roots

Predicted

Stu

dent

ized

Res

idua

ls

Residuals vs. Predicted

-3.00

-1.50

0.00

1.50

3.00

-0.87 0.78 2.44 4.09 5.75

Figure 5.17 The residual versus the predicted response (Yield of rotenone)

DESIGN-EXPERT Plot

Yield of rotenone content in dried rootsX = A: Solvent-to-Solid RatioY = B: Raw material particles size

Actual FactorC: Types of solvent = Ethanol

-0.87441

-0.109015

0.656381

1.42178

2.18717

Yie

ld o

f rot

enon

e co

nten

t in

drie

d ro

ots

3.62

4.81

6.00

7.19

8.38

1.41

2.08

2.75

3.42

4.09

A: Solvent-to-Solid Ratio

B: Raw material particles size

Figure 5.18 Surface plot of the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) as a function

of raw material particles size and solvent-to-solid ratio: Ethanol + oxalic acid solution

extract

Page 139: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

115

DESIGN-EXPERT Plot

Yield of rotenone content in dried rootsX = A: Solvent-to-Solid RatioY = B: Raw material particles size

Actual FactorC: Types of solvent = Acetone

0.346433

1.69678

3.04712

4.39747

5.74782

Yie

ld o

f rot

enon

e co

nten

t in

drie

d ro

ots

3.62

4.81

6.00

7.19

8.38

1.41

2.08

2.75

3.42

4.09

A: Solvent-to-Solid Ratio

B: Raw material particles size

Figure 5.19 Surface plot of the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) as a function

of raw material particles size and solvent-to-solid ratio: Acetone extract

The surface plots demonstrate the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w)

versus the effect of solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g), raw material particles size (mm in

diameter) and types of solvent (acetone and ethanol + oxalic acid solution) as shown in

Figure 5.18 and Figure 5.19. It was observed that different types of solvent with

different polarity significantly affected the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w).

Besides, the raw material particles size (mm in diameter) was significantly affected the

yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w). The decrement of raw material particles size

from 4.09 mm to 1.41 mm in diameter increases proportionately the yield of rotenone in

dried roots, % (w/w) for ethanol + oxalic acid solution and acetone extract from -0.87 %

(w/w) to 2.19 % (w/w) and 0.35 % (w/w) to 5.75 % (w/w) respectively. Furthermore,

the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) was the lowest parameter to affect the yield of rotenone

in dried roots, % (w/w). The increment of solvent-to-solid ratio from 3.62 ml/g to 8.38

ml/g increases proportionately the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) for ethanol

+ oxalic acid solution and acetone extract from -0.87 % (w/w) to 1.42 % (w/w) and 0.35

Page 140: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

116

% (w/w) to 1.70 % (w/w) respectively. Overall, the interaction between processing

parameters against the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) can be stated as follows:

(3) Ethanol extract: A ↓; B ↓ = ↑ Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w)

(4) Acetone extract: A ↓; B ↓ = ↑ Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w)

* A - Solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g), B - Raw material particles size (mm in diameter)

The finding was in accordance with Pagan and Hageman (1949) who reported

that the raw material particles size (mm in diameter) was affected significantly to the

yield of rotenone (mg) at different range of sizes. Theoretically, a fine particles size

would lead to a greater interfacial area between parenchymatous cell and the bulk

solution. The parenchymatous cells were found in the xylem, phloem, pericycle and

xylem rays as shown in Figure 3.1 contain a huge amount of rotenone and other toxic

constituents (Francis and Franklin, 1943). As a result, these bio-active constituents can

diffuse easily within the finely rupture cell wall into a bulk solution in a shorter time

until it reaches the equilibrium phase. Additionally, rotenone and other toxic

constituents are diffused along with the resin right after the cell wall has been ruptured

due to the pre-processing treatment. Furthermore, the resin can be found as globules or

particles with 0.8 µm to 3.9 µm in diameter and appeared to be found largely in the

opaque cells (Francis and Franklin, 1943). Thus, the smaller the particles size, the larger

the amount of rotenone-containing resin can be extracted. However, the particles size

should not be too fine for it may wedge in the interstices of the larger particles and

impeded the solvent flow (Pinelo et al., 2006).

Based on the optimization phase analysis, 3.62 ml/g solvent-to-solid ratio, 1.41

mm in diameter raw material particles size for both extract of acetone and ethanol +

oxalic acid solution were required to achieve maximum yield of rotenone in dried roots,

% (w/w). The appropriate processing parameter values for this response variable were

relatively the same with the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) response

variable. Although the appropriate processing parameter values were same, the best

processing parameter values to have the best response variables can be calculated based

Page 141: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

117

on its desirability values. As referred to Figure 5.18 and Figure 5.19, the maximum

yield of rotenone in dried roots [mg and % (w/w)] for the ethanol + oxalic acid solution

extract and acetone extract were approximately 0.66 g/30.0 g [≅ 0.02 g rotenone/g dried

roots] or 2.19 % (w/w) and 1.73 g/30.0 g [≅ 0.06 g rotenone/g dried roots] or 5.75 %

(w/w) respectively. This is lower about 12.0 % (ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract)

and 8.0 % (acetone extract) than the yield as reported by Grinda et al. (1986) which

applied the solvent extraction method with operating temperature and agitating duration

of 45 0C and half an hour respectively (14.0 g/100.0 g [≅ 0.14 g rotenone/g dried roots]

or 14.0 % (w/w)).

A solvent with polarity between acetone and ethanol + oxalic acid solution were

desired to give a significant effect against the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w).

Ironically, this acidic isoflavonoid compound (Fasihuddin and Hasmah, 1993) is consists

with hydroxyl group or sugar (glycoside bond) wherein it easily dissolved with the polar

organic solvent (e.g.: alcohol, acetone, H2O and etc.). Since ethanol alone extracts less

amount of rotenone, the usage of H2O and oxalic acid (hydrotope solution) has proven to

extract more rotenone and other toxic constituents. This hydrotope solution actually

facilitates the insoluble rotenone and other toxic constituents to be dissolved in the

extract solution. Therefore, the differential of the yield of rotenone in dried roots; %

(w/w) between acetone and ethanol + oxalic acid solution with the solvent used as

reported by Grinda et al. (1986) were irrelatively too far if the additional chemicals used

in the study. According to Grinda et al. (1986), the chlorinated hydrocarbons such as

methylene chloride (polarity of 3.1) and chloroform (polarity of 4.1) with the assist of

esters of aliphatic acids were the best solvent combination to extract high yield of

rotenone. Therefore, the adjustment polarity of potential solvent such as acetone and

ethanol (by adding the additional potent chemical such as aliphatic acids) should be

investigated and studied further.

Additionally, the main consideration to obtain rotenone is not just the amount

that can be extracted but the other considerations should be taken seriously are for

instance the environmental issues and economically feasible of the solvent used.

Page 142: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

118

Methylene chloride is used in many applications. It has been used as a principal active

ingredient in the organic-based paint strippers, cosmetic and consumer products,

industrial paint removers as well as in the chemical processing (EPA, 1994). Due to it

vast usages, the health effect especially to human and other beneficial organism were

barely undeniable (WHO, 1996). Despite of those adverse effects, the usage of acetone

and ethanol were suggested to be the best solvent that easily biodegradable, low in cost,

easy to handle and environmental-friendly. Not to forget that these solvent were

dissolved less coloring matters and the toxic constituents were found to be more stable

than the other solvents (Pagan and Loustalot, 1948). Furthermore, Grinda et al. (1986)

proclaimed to have used variety of species to extract large amount of rotenone by

mixing the species such as Lonchocarpus nicou (known as cube or barbasco; Amazon

forest, Brazil), Lonchocarpus urucu (Amazon forest, Brazil), Milletia ferruginea (French

West Africa) and Mundulea suberosa (Africa) during the extraction process. Using the

combination of these species, Grinda et al. (1986) have successfully extracted 0.14 g of

rotenone in 1.0 gram of the finely crushed roots as compared to the acetone and ethanol

+ oxalic acids solution extract for only 0.06 g and 0.02 g respectively. The results of

this study were incomparable with Grinda et al. (1986) due to different approaches that

have been used. But for the sake of this study, the results obtained for each phases need

to be relatively comparable in order to recognize which parameters or method gives the

most significant effect of all.

5.3.3 Summary of the optimization phase

Based on the optimization experiments, the theoretical maximum yield of

rotenoids resin and yield of rotenone in dried roots were 12.26 % (w/w) and 5.99 %

(w/w) respectively. These theoretical maximum responses were produced based on the

desirability values of a given solution. As for the biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids

resin, it was not included due to insignificant response model to obtain the optimum

Page 143: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

119

processing parameters. This response variable was notably considered as active

compounds wherein all treatment produced LC50 ≤ 100 ppm after 6, 12 and 24 hours of

the treatment respectively. Hence, only these maximum responses (yield of rotenoids

resin in dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w)) were

obtained at the appropriate processing conditions. The evaluation was done thoroughly

based on the certain setup criteria. The criteria that have been setup are shown in Table

5.9.

Table 5.9: Selection criteria of the processing parameters solution PROCESSING PARAMETER GOAL LIMIT Solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) Is in range Lower: 2 ml/g ↔ Upper: 10 ml/g Raw material particles size (mm) Is in range Lower: 0.5 mm ↔ Upper: 5.0 mm Types of solvent Is in range (1) Ethanol or (2) Acetone Yield of rotenoids resin, % (w/w) Is maximum Lower: 2.48 ↔ Upper: 32.69 Yield of rotenone, % (w/w) Is maximum Lower: 0.17 ↔ Upper: 9.82

Since there were three solutions given, the highest desirability of 0.56 was

chosen as the best solution to provide the appropriate processing parameters. The

appropriate processing parameter that produced maximum yield of rotenoids resin, %

(w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) are showed in Figure 5.20. These

appropriate processing parameters were used as processing conditions in the verification

phase.

Page 144: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

120

Figure 5.20 Selected processing parameters that obtain maximum yield of rotenoids

resin in dried roots, % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) based on the

desirability values of a given solution

5.4 Multi response analysis of the yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and

rotenone concentration (mg/ml)

Figure 5.21, Figure 5.22, Figure 5.23 and Figure 5.24 show correlation between

the yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration; mg/ml in

accordance to the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g), types of solvent and raw material

particles size based on the optimization phase experimental result. As there is no multi

response analysis offered in the Design-Expert® software version 6.0 (Stat-Ease, 2002),

the multi response analysis were carried out using the Microsoft® Excel 2003. The

results in Table 5.10, Table 5.11, Table 5.12 and Table 5.13 were calculated and

5.99 % (w/w)

12.26 % (w/w)

4.72 ml/g 0.83 mm in diameter

Max Min

Min Max

Page 145: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

121

presented in means ± SD based on the optimization phase experimental results

(Appendix A). The assumption has been made for each independent variable used

during the multi-response analysis which are:

(A) Solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) - Ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract.

Assumption: Control processing parameter of the raw material particles size

(mm in diameter) with an average of 2.75 mm in diameter.

(B) Solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) - Acetone extract.

Assumption: Control processing parameter of the raw material particles size

(mm in diameter) with an average of 2.75 mm in diameter.

(C) Raw material particles size (mm in diameter) - Ethanol + oxalic acid solution

extract. Assumption: Control processing parameter of the solvent-to-solid ratio

(ml/g) with an average of 6.0 ml/g.

(D) Raw material particles size (mm in diameter) - Acetone extract.

Assumption: Control processing parameter of the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g)

with an average of 6.0 ml/g.

In overall, only Figure 5.22 and Figure 5.24 show a significant and consistent

relationship between two important response variables in accordance with the types of

solvent, raw material particles size (mm in diameter) and solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g).

5.4.1 Analysis of solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) for the ethanol + oxalic acid solution

extract in relation with the yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone

concentration; mg/ml

Figures 5.21 and Table 5.10 illustrate the fluctuation pattern for both response

variables as the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) was increased from 2.0 ml/g to 10.0 ml/g

using the ethanol + oxalic acid solution. The highest yield of rotenone in dried roots and

Page 146: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

122

rotenone concentration were 1.39 % (w/w) and 1.66 mg/ml respectively, at 10.0 ml/g of

solvent-to-solid ratio. Meanwhile, the highest concentration of rotenone and yield of

rotenone in dried roots were 1.88 ± 1.42 mg/ml and 0.44 ± 0.26 % (w/w) respectively, at

3.62 ml/g of solvent-to-solid ratio. Therefore, each of the highest response variables

was inconsistent with each other and consequently indirect correlation can be generated

from these two response variables. In addition, there was indirect correlation observed

between the response variables and independent variables due to incompatibility of

rotenone yield (mg) in the Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) of ethanol + oxalic acid solution

in which simultaneously affected the fluctuation pattern as mentioned in section 5.3.1,

5.3.2 and 5.3.3.

Table 5.10: The effects of solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) of ethanol + oxalic acid solution

extract on the two response variables

Solvent-to-solid ratio

Yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w)

Rotenone concentration; mg/ml

2.00 0.20 ± 0.00 1.71 ± 0.00 3.62 0.44 ± 0.26 1.88 ± 1.42 6.00 0.87 ± 0.39 1.69 ± 0.66 8.38 0.64 ± 0.23 1.18 ± 0.95 10.00 1.39 ± 0.00 1.66 ± 0.00

Data represent means ± SD Assumption: Raw material particles size was fixed with an average of 2.75 mm in diameter (0.50 + 1.41 + 2.75 + 4.09 + 5.00/5 = 2.75 mm in diameter)

Page 147: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

123

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Solvent-to-solid ratio; ml/g

Res

pons

e va

lue;

mg/

ml o

r % (w

/w)

Yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) Rotenone concentration; mg/ml

Figure 5.21: The yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration;

mg/ml versus the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) of ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract

5.4.2 Analysis of solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) for the acetone extract in relation

with the yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration;

mg/ml

Figures 5.22 and Table 5.11 illustrate the consistent pattern for both response

variables as the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) was increased from 2.0 ml/g to 10.0 ml/g

using the acetone. The highest yield of rotenone in dried roots and rotenone

concentration were 4.98 ± 5.00 % (w/w) and 21.21 ± 21.26 mg/ml respectively, at 3.62

ml/g of solvent-to-solid ratio. Hence, each of the highest response variables was

consistent with each other and consequently a correlation can be generated from these

two response variables. Theoretically, as the solvent-to-solid ratio increased, the yield

of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and its concentration (mg/ml) increased

proportionally until its reached the equilibrium concentration (Cacace and Mazza, 2003).

On the contrary, the yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone

Page 148: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

124

concentration; mg/ml plunged noticeably from the solvent-to-solid ratio of 3.62 ml/g to

8.38 ml/g and slightly increased until 10.0 ml/g. There was no equilibrium phases

occurred for both response variables and this indicated that the dissipation of rotenone

was occurred either during the extraction or RP-HPLC analysis process. In conclusion,

the relationship between response variables and independent variables can be generated

wherein as the yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) increased, the rotenone

concentration; mg/ml increased proportionally with the increment of solvent-to-solid

ratio (ml/g) using the acetone. Hence, the most appropriate solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g)

to produce the highest yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone

concentration; mg/ml was 3.62 ml/g.

Table 5.11: The effects of solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) of acetone extract which on the

two response variables

Solvent-to-solid ratio

Yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w)

Rotenone concentration; mg/ml

2.00 0.19 ± 0.00 2.00 ± 0.00 3.62 4.98 ± 5.00 21.21 ± 21.26 6.00 3.04 ± 2.39 6.26 ± 4.81 8.38 0.46 ± 0.13 0.65 ± 0.21 10.00 3.12 ± 0.00 3.55 ± 0.00

Data represent means ± SD Assumption: Raw material particles size was fixed with an average of 2.75 mm in diameter (0.50 + 1.41 + 2.75 + 4.09 + 5.00/5 = 2.75 mm in diameter)

Page 149: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

125

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Solvent-to-solid ratio; ml/g

Res

pons

e va

lues

; mg/

ml o

r % (w

/w)

Yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) Rotenone concentration; mg/ml

Figure 5.22: The yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration;

mg/ml versus the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) of acetone extract

5.4.3 Analysis of raw material particles size (mm in diameter) for the ethanol +

oxalic acid solution extract in relation with the yield of rotenone in dried roots; %

(w/w) and rotenone concentration; mg/ml

Figures 5.23 and Table 5.12 illustrate the inconsistent pattern for both response

variables as the raw material particles size (mm in diameter) was increased from 0.5 mm

to 5.0 mm using the ethanol + oxalic acid solution. The highest yield of rotenone in

dried roots and rotenone concentration were 1.35 % (w/w) and 1.66 mg/ml respectively,

at 5.0 mm in diameter of raw material particles size. As for the response variables of

rotenone concentration, the highest concentration of rotenone and yield of rotenone in

dried roots were 2.84 mg/ml and 0.97 % (w/w) respectively, at 0.5 mm in diameter of

raw material particles size. Therefore, each of the highest response variables was

inconsistent with each other and consequently indirect correlation can be generated from

Page 150: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

126

these two response variables. Theoretically, raw material particle size (mm in diameter)

affects the extraction rate by increasing the total mass transfer area when the particle

size is reduced (Schwartzberg and Chao, 1982). Additionally, it has been expected that

the smooth raw material particles size results the highest yield of rotenone in dried roots;

% (w/w) as well as the rotenone concentration; mg/ml. Furthermore, if all the other

processing parameters were accounted, it can also be expected a slight variation

depending on how well the parameters were suited to each other. Therefore, there was

indirect correlation observed between the response variables and independent variables

due to incompatibility of rotenone yield (mg) in the Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) of

ethanol + oxalic acid solution in which simultaneously affected the inconsistency pattern

as mentioned in section 5.3.1, 5.3.2 and 5.3.3.

Table 5.12: The effects of raw material particles size (mm in diameter) of ethanol +

oxalic acid solution extract on the two response variables

Raw material particles size (mm in diameter)

Yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w)

Rotenone concentration; mg/ml

0.50 0.97 ± 0.00 2.84 ± 0.00 1.41 0.57 ± 0.11 1.85 ± 1.45 2.75 0.74 ± 0.46 1.52 ± 0.33 4.09 0.44 ± 0.28 1.18 ± 0.95 5.00 1.35 ± 0.00 1.66 ± 0.00

Data represent means ± SD Assumption: Solvent-to-solid ratio was fixed with an average of 6.0 ml/g (2.00 + 3.62 + 6.00 + 8.38 + 10/5 = 6.0 ml/g)

Page 151: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

127

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Raw material particles size; mm in diameter

Res

pons

e va

lues

; mg/

ml o

r % (w

/w)

Yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) Rotenone concentration; mg/ml

Figure 5.23: The yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration;

mg/ml versus the raw material particles size (mm in diameter) of ethanol + oxalic acid

solution extract

5.4.4 Analysis of raw material particles size (mm in diameter) for the acetone

extract in relation with the yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone

concentration; mg/ml

Figures 5.24 and Table 5.13 illustrate the consistent pattern for both response

variables as the raw material particles size (mm in diameter) was increased from 0.5 mm

to 5.0 mm using the acetone. The highest yield of rotenone in dried roots and rotenone

concentration were 4.89 ± 5.11 (w/w) and 20.28 ± 22.71 mg/ml respectively, at 1.41 mm

in diameter of raw material particles size. Thus, each of the highest response variables

was consistent with each other and therefore a correlation can be generated from these

two response variables. Theoretically, as the raw material particles size (mm in

diameter) decreased, the yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and its concentration;

Page 152: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

128

mg/ml increased proportionally until the maximum point. But if the raw material

particles size is reduced further, rotenone and other bio-active constituents can be

blocked for diffusing into the bulk solution due to the coagulation of the fine particles or

fine debris into the cell walls (Geankoplis, 1995; Mircea, 2001). According to Pinelo et

al. (2006), smaller particle size reduces the diffusion distance of the solute within the

solid, thus increasing the extraction rate. The solute takes a shorter time to reach the

surface. The finding was also consistent with Schwartzberg and Chao (1982) wherein

the raw material particles size (mm in diameter) influences the extraction rate by

increasing the whole mass transfer area when the particle size is reduced. The finding

from this study was in accordance with the theory wherein the yield of rotenone in dried

roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration; mg/ml increased noticeably from the raw

material particles of 5.0 mm to the maximum response of 1.41 mm and decreased until

0.5 mm in diameter. In conclusion, the relationship between response variables and

independent variables can be generated wherein as the yield of rotenone in dried roots;

% (w/w) increased, the rotenone concentration; mg/ml increased proportionally with the

decrement of raw material particles size (mm in diameter) using the acetone. Hence, the

most appropriate raw material particles size (mm in diameter) to produce the highest

yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration; mg/ml was 1.41

mm.

Table 5.13: The effects of raw material particles size (mm in diameter) of acetone

extract on the two response variables

Raw material particles size (mm in diameter)

Yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w)

Rotenone concentration; mg/ml

0.50 2.83 ± 0.00 6.39 ± 0.00 1.41 4.89 ± 5.11 20.28 ± 22.71 2.75 3.05 ± 2.45 5.94 ± 4.68 4.09 0.56 ± 0.19 1.57 ± 1.17 5.00 0.41 ± 0.00 2.53 ± 0.00

Data represent means ± SD Assumption: Solvent-to-solid ratio was fixed with an average of 6.0 ml/g (2.00 + 3.62 + 6.00 + 8.38 + 10/5 = 6.0 ml/g)

Page 153: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

129

-5

0

5

10

15

2025

30

35

40

45

50

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Raw material particles size; mm in diameter

Res

pons

e va

lues

; mg/

ml o

r % (w

/w)

Yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) Rotenone concentration; mg/ml

Figure 5.24: The yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and rotenone concentration;

mg/ml versus the raw material particles size (mm in diameter) of acetone extract

5.5 Biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin results

Design of Experiment (DOE) of 30 experiments in this screening are evaluated,

listed and summarized in the Table 5.14, Table 5.15 and Table 5.16. The LC50 results

were obtained using the probit analysis method (Finney, 1971) and presented in Figure

5.25, Figure 5.26, Figure 5.27 and Figure 5.28. Only S1 was eligible for the probit

analysis on 24 hours of treatment due to the other treatment produced 100 % mortality at

the lowest treatment concentration (1.0 ppm). Furthermore, the number of reasonable

point of mortality (%) for constructing a linear proportion graph of mortality (probit)

versus log10 concentration (ppm) was less than one point. The LC50 values of the 24

hours of treatment excluded S1 were obtained from the interpolation method. The

model for this response variable (bioassay) generated from the Design-Expert® software

version 6.0 (Stat-Ease, 2002) was insignificant to obtain the optimum processing

Page 154: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

130

parameters. Data interpretation was made accordingly to the protocol established by

McLaughlin (1991), all treatment should be observed at minimum 24 hours and the

extracts with LC50 ≤ 100 ppm were considered very active.

y = 0.57x + 4.56

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

5

5.1

5.2

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1

Log10 concentration (ppm)

Mor

talit

y (p

robi

t)

S1

Figure 5.25 Relationship between the probit of Artemia salina mortality proportion

and log10 dose of rotenoids resin (S1) at 24 hours of treatment

0

12

34

5

67

8

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1

Log10 concentration (ppm)

Mor

talit

y (p

robi

t)

S7 S1 S20 S23

Figure 5.26 Relationship between the probit of Artemia salina mortality proportion

and log10 dose of rotenoids resin (S1, S7, S20 and S23) at 12 hours of treatment

Probit 5.0 = 50 % mortality

Probit 5.0 = 50 % mortality

Page 155: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

131

0

12

34

5

67

8

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1

Log10 concentration (ppm)

Mor

talit

y (p

robi

t)

S13 S25 S29 S7 S19 S24 S23 S28 S11

Figure 5.27 Relationship between the probit of Artemia salina mortality proportion

and log10 dose of rotenoids resin (S7, S11, S13, S19, S23, S24, S25, S28 and S29) at 12

hours of treatment - Continued

y = 1.619x + 3.4477

y = 4.3062x - 0.0222

y = 4.3062x - 0.0222

-10

12

34

56

78

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2

Log10 concentration (ppm)

Mor

talit

y (p

robi

t)

S8 S3 S12

Figure 5.28 Relationship between the probit of Artemia salina mortality proportion

and log10 dose of rotenoids resin (S3, S8 and S12) at 6 hours of treatment

* S12 and S3 were produced the same value of mortality (probit) ** S12 & S3: y = 4.3062x - 0.022

Probit 5.0 = 50 % mortality

Probit 5.0 = 50 % mortality

Page 156: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

132

5.5.1 The effect of raw material particles size and types of solvent on the

biological activity (LC50) and yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) respectively

Based on the results of the biological activity (LC50) at 24 hours of treatment as

shown in Table 5.14, Table 5.15, Table 5.16 and Figure 5.29, the diameter group of

Derris dried roots of 0.5 mm to 4.09 mm in diameter for the ethanol + oxalic acid

solution extract was the most toxic to produce the LC50 ≤ 1.00 ppm. As for the acetone

extract, the toxicity level was also as toxic as the extract of ethanol + oxalic acid solution

to produce LC50 ≤ 1.00 ppm from the raw material particles size of 0.5 mm to 4.09 mm

in diameter. Then, the toxicity level decreased (LC50 = 5.91 ppm > 1.00 ppm) as the raw

material particles size increased to the 5.0 mm in diameter. The capability of acetone

(polarity of 5.1) and ethanol (polarity of 5.2) to diffuse into the thickest diameter of

Derris dried roots to extract exhaustively rotenoids resin were the main reason

biological activity (LC50) values produced ≤ 1.00 ppm and considered as very active

constituents. The results strongly demonstrated that when the cell wall is broken, the

amount of saponin or glycosides are released and solubilized the resin and eventually

suspended into the cell sap of the rupture cell wall (Francis and Franklin, 1943). The

result also indicated that these types of solvent which are acetone and ethanol (altered

polarity) extract more other toxic constituents such as deguelin, tephrosin and 12αβ-

rotenolone as compared to the other polar organic solvent such as chloroform which

selective only to rotenone and not to the other toxic constituents in the resin.

Additionally, Pagan and Loustalot (1948) have quoted that toxicity values would appear

to be one which would measure not only rotenone but the other toxic constituents as

well. According to Pagan and Hageman (1949), the increase in toxicity due to rotenoids

(rotenone and other toxic constituents) is very noticeable for the roots of 2.0 mm to 4.0

mm in diameter. Hence, the biological activity (LC50) of acetone and ethanol + oxalic

acid solution extract was moderately correlated with Pagan and Hageman (1949)

finding.

Page 157: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

133

0.77

5.91

0.50.75

0.67 0.50.84

0.5 0.5

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

(M: 0.5) (H and D: 1.41) (P, A and K: 2.75) (I and F: 4.09) (Q: 5.0)

Raw material particles size (mm in diameter)

Bio

logi

cal a

ctiv

ity (L

C50

), pp

m

0.5 0.50.520.5 0.50.5

1.5

0.5 0.5

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

(N: 0.5) (G and J: 1.41) (R, B and O: 2.75) (E and C: 4.09) (L: 5.0)

Raw material particles size (mm in diameter)

Bio

logi

cal a

ctiv

ity (L

C50

), pp

m

Figure 5.29 Effect of the raw material particles size, mm in diameter against the

biological activity (LC50) of acetone extract (A1) and ethanol + oxalic acid solution

extract (A2) respectively

Furthermore, the yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) of acetone extract

from the finest (0.5 mm in diameter) to the thickest (5.0 mm in diameter) particles size

was more than the ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract. The results as shown in Figure

5.30 revealed that the capability of acetone to extract more rotenone as compared to the

(A1): Acetone extract

(A2): Ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract

Page 158: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

134

ethanol + oxalic acid solution were unquestionable in which the toxic constituents in the

roots particularly rotenone tends to have higher solubility and stability in the acetone

than the other organic solvents (Pagan and Loustalot, 1948). Hence, the biological

activity (LC50) values of all extracts were significantly correlated with the yield of

rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) as well as the other toxic constituents. The yield of

rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) as shown in Figure 5.30 were in accordance with Pagan

and Loustalot (1948) wherein acetone was able to extract more rotenone and other toxic

constituents. For the meantime, the ethanol + oxalic acid solution extracts smaller

amount of rotenone (mg) than acetone nevertheless more on the other toxic constituents

due to the high biological activity (LC50) values.

0.69

0.390.41

0.49

2.4

0.66

0.520.69

0.09

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

(M: 0.5) (H and D: 1.41) (P, A and K: 2.75) (I and F: 4.09) (Q: 5.0)

Raw material particles size (mm in diameter)

Yiel

d of

rot

enon

e in

dri

ed r

oots

, % (w

/w)

(B1): Acetone extract

Page 159: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

135

0.75

0.97

0.46

0.34

0.99

0.39

0.2

0.31

0.05

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

1.2

(N: 0.5) (G and J: 1.41) (R, B and O: 2.75) (E and C: 4.09) (L: 5.0)

Raw material particles size (mm in diameter)

Yiel

d of

rot

enon

e in

dri

ed r

oots

, % (w

/w)

Figure 5.30 Effect of the raw material particles size, mm in diameter against the yield

of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) obtained from the extract of acetone (B1) and

ethanol + oxalic acid solution (B2) respectively

5.5.2 The effect of solvent-to-solid ratio and types of solvent on the biological

activity (LC50) and yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) respectively

The results in Table 5.14, Table 5.15, Table 5.16 and Figure 5.31 show a

significant effect of the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) on the biological activity (LC50)

values. The ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract exhibited as the most toxic to produce

LC50 ≤ 1.00 ppm from 2.0 ml/g to 10.0 ml/g of the solvent-to-solid ratio without major

fluctuation. Only Sample C with a raw material particles size of 4.09 mm in diameter

and 3.62 ml/g produced the highest LC50 value and considered as the lowest toxicity or

moderate active constituents. Meanwhile, the acetone extract also considered as toxic as

the ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract by producing the LC50 ≤ 1.00 ppm at almost all

solvent-to-solid ratio. Sample Q with a raw material particles size of 5.0 mm in

diameter and 6.0 ml/g produced the highest LC50 value and also considered as the lowest

(B2): Ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract

Page 160: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

136

toxicity or moderate active constituents. Theoretically, the increase of solvent-to-solid

ratio with the increase of rotenone content (mg) is consistent with the mass transfer

principles (Frank and Downey 1999). Figure 5.32 shows the comparison between the

yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) for acetone and ethanol + oxalic acid solution

extract in which the results were in accordance with the theory. This figure indicates

that the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) increased as the solvent-to-solid ratio

(ml/g) for acetone and ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract increased respectively.

Figure 5.31 (C2) indicates that there was indirect correlation observed between the

solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) and the biological activity (LC50) of ethanol + oxalic acid

solution extract as the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) increased wherein almost all the

biological activity (LC50) values were ≤ 1.00 ppm. Only Sample C with a raw material

particles size of 4.09 mm in diameter and 3.62 ml/g produced the highest LC50 value.

As for the acetone extract, there was also indirect correlation observed. However, the

solvent-to-solid ratio of 6.0 ml/g with the raw material particles size of 5.0 mm in

diameter (Sample Q) shown a significant increased of the biological activity (LC50) as

compared to the same ratio of the ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract (Sample L).

These anomalies were possibly due to the inconsistency of the rotenone content (mg) as

a result from the dissipation of rotenone during the extraction and concentration process

(have been discussed earlier in section 5.2.3). Previous study has shown that rotenone

deteriorated rapidly as much as 90 % (w/w) at the initial 15 mins of the 50 0C operating

temperature due to the insufficient vacuum pressure pump during the concentration

process (Saiful et al., 2003). The insufficient vacuum pressure pump needs longer time

to evaporate solvent from the extracts thus longer time the extracts were exposure to the

heat. From the engineering point of view, a good efficiency of the vacuum pressure

pump reduces boiling point of the vaporized material lower than its own boiling point at

1.0 bar. For that reason, the time consumption and utility operating cost of the process

can be reduced thus minimized any thermal degradation of the heat sensitive compounds

from further deterioration.

Page 161: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

137

0.5 0.50.77 0.670.5

5.91

0.50.750.84

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

K: 2.0 D and F: 3.62 Q, A and M: 6.0 H and F: 8.38 P: 10.0

Solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g)

Biol

ogic

al a

ctiv

ity (L

C50

), pp

m

0.5 0.50.50.50.5 0.50.5 0.52

1.5

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

(O: 2.0) (J and C: 3.62) (L and B: 6.0) (G, E and N: 8.38) (R: 10.0)

Solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g)

Bio

logi

cal a

ctiv

ity (L

C50

), pp

m

Figure 5.31 Effect of the solvent-to-solid ratio, ml/g against the biological activity

(LC50) of acetone extract (C1) and ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract (C2) respectively

As for the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w), there were strong

correlations against the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g). Figure 5.32 show that acetone was

expected to extract more rotenone as compared to the ethanol + oxalic acid solution.

Only sample P (2.75 mm in diameter and 10.0 ml/g) and sample R (2.75 mm in diameter

and 10.0 ml/g) of the acetone and ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract obtained the

(C1): Acetone extract

(C2): Ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract

Page 162: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

138

highest yield of rotenone in dried roots which are 2.40 % (w/w) and 0.99 % (w/w)

respectively. But as for the biological activity (LC50), both extracts produced LC50 ≤

1.00 ppm and demonstrated that as the solvent-to-solid ratio increased, it increases the

yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) and produced LC50 ≤ 1.00 ppm at almost the

entire solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g). The results as shown in Figure 5.32 also revealed

that the capability of acetone to extract more rotenone as compared to the ethanol +

oxalic acid solution can be predicted due to the toxic constituents particularly rotenone

dissolved much higher in the acetone than the other organic solvents (Pagan and

Loustalot, 1948). Hence, the biological activity (LC50) of all extracts was directly

correlated with the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) as well as the other toxic

constituents. A research by Pagan and Hageman (1949) demonstrated that the

toxicological value of Derris roots was imperfectly correlated with the yield of rotenone

(mg). Data from their research indicated that substances other than rotenone such as

12αβ-rotenolone, deguelin and tephrosin were also contributed to the toxicity of the

extracts.

0.09

0.69

2.4

0.69

0.390.410.52

0.49

0.66

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

K: 2.0 D and F: 3.62 Q, A and M: 6.0 H and I: 8.38 P: 10.0

Solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g)

Yiel

d of

rot

enon

e in

drie

d ro

ots,

% (w

/w)

(D1): Acetone extract

Page 163: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

139

0.05

0.99

0.2

0.75

0.23

0.39

0.340.31

0.46

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

1.2

(O: 2.0) (J and C: 3.62) (L and B: 6.0) (G, E and N: 8.38) (R: 10.0)

Solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g)

Yiel

d of

rote

none

in d

ried

root

s, %

(w/w

)

Figure 5.32 Effect of the solvent-to-solid ratio, ml/g against the yield of rotenone in

dried roots, % (w/w) obtained from the extract of acetone (D1) and ethanol + oxalic acid

solution (D2) respectively

(D2): Ethanol + oxalic acid solution extract

Page 164: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

140

Table 5.14: Biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin at varies time of treatment

(6 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours)

Sample Particles size

(mm in diameter ) Solvent-to-solid ratio

Types of solvent

LC50 (ppm)

LC50 (ppm)

LC50 (ppm)

6 hrs 12 hrs 24 hrs 1 5.00 6.00 ml/g Acetone 10.00 7.16 5.91 2 2.75 10.00 ml/g Ethanol 1.82 a0.50 a0.50 3 4.09 3.62 ml/g Ethanol 14.66 5.50 2.50 4 1.41 3.62 ml/g Acetone 10.00 0.71 a0.50 5 4.09 8.38 ml/g Ethanol 0.67 0.55 a0.50 6 2.75 2.00 ml/g Acetone 0.56 a0.50 a0.50 7 4.09 3.62 ml/g Acetone 8.40 1.74 1.00 8 4.09 8.38 ml/g Ethanol 9.09 0.67 0.53 9 1.41 3.62 ml/g Acetone 0.83 0.67 a0.50 10 2.75 6.00 ml/g Ethanol a0.50 0.50 a0.50 11 5.00 6.00 ml/g Ethanol 5.62 0.77 a0.50 12 1.41 8.38 ml/g Ethanol 14.92 5.01 a0.50 13 2.75 6.00 ml/g Acetone 2.22 4.38 a0.50 14 4.09 3.62 ml/g Ethanol 1.00 a0.50 a0.50 15 0.50 8.38 ml/g Ethanol 0.59 a0.50 a0.50 16 4.09 3.62 ml/g Acetone 3.08 0.67 0.67 17 2.75 6.00 ml/g Acetone 10.00 2.64 a0.50 18 2.75 6.00 ml/g Ethanol 3.24 0.77 a0.50 19 1.41 8.38 ml/g Acetone 1.77 4.60 a0.50 20 4.09 8.38 ml/g Acetone 5.00 4.00 a0.50 21 0.50 6.00 ml/g Acetone 5.50 5.50 0.77 22 1.41 8.38 ml/g Ethanol 4.38 4.00 a0.50 23 2.75 6.00 ml/g Ethanol 10.74 4.21 a0.50 24 2.75 6.00 ml/g Acetone 3.24 0.83 a0.50 25 4.09 8.38 ml/g Acetone 2.36 1.00 1.00 26 1.41 3.62 ml/g Ethanol 4.00 3.57 a0.50 27 1.41 8.38 ml/g Acetone 0.77 0.77 a0.50 28 2.75 2.00 ml/g Ethanol 6.44 4.21 a0.50 29 2.75 10.00 ml/g Acetone 7.43 3.08 0.67 30 1.41 3.62 ml/g Ethanol 0.71 0.67 a0.50

aMortality of the samples which produced 100 % from the lowest (1.0 ppm) to the highest (1000 ppm) concentration treatment was calculated as LC50 = 0.5 ppm to simplify the mean calculation.

Page 165: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 166: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 167: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

143

5.5.3 Biological activity (LC50) of the verification phase parameters and rotenone

standard (SIGMA-Aldrich™)

The biological activity (LC50) of the verification phase was based on the selected

processing parameters that produced theoretical maximum yield of rotenoids resin in

dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) as shown in Table

5.17. Data interpretation was made accordingly to the protocol established by

McLaughlin (1991) and comparison was made between the literatures, preliminary and

rotenone standard solution obtained from SIGMA-Aldrich™ with purity of 95 - 98 %

(w/w). The biological activity (LC50) value is shown completely in Appendix F.

Table 5.17: List of appropriate processing parameter that produced theoretical

maximum yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried

roots, % (w/w)

Processing parameters Parameter values Types of solvent Acetone, 95.0 % (v/v) Solvent-to-solid ratio 4.72 ml/g Raw material particles size 0.83 mm in diameter

5.6 Verification phase results: Confirmation of the optimization

The experiment was based on the most appropriate processing parameters

obtained from the optimization experiment as shown in Table 5.17. The experiment was

carried out in two replicates. The solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g), types of solvent and raw

material particles size (mm in diameter) were determined based on the solutions given at

the highest desirability which provide the appropriate processing parameters for the

verification experiment. As far as this study is concern, acetone was chosen due to its

high capability to extract a large amount of rotenone (mg), dissolving less colouring

Page 168: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

144

matters, waxes, and other plant material as well as to be found stable in it (Pagan and

Loustalot, 1948). The extraction duration was set as a control parameter based on the

preliminary experiment in which result approximately 14 hours to achieve the

equilibrium at ambient operating temperature of 26 ± 2 0C. Moreover, the results shown

in section 5.2.4 strongly indicated that different processing parameter produced varies

equilibrium time of the extraction process although the extraction temperature was set as

a control parameter. Therefore, the extraction duration was controlled with the intention

that instability of rotenone content (mg) in the LCE can be minimized at certain time

under ambient condition. In addition, the extraction temperature was designated as

control parameter based on the preliminary experiment in which the extraction condition

should not be surpassing 40 0C (Surya and John, 2001) to avoid rotenone dissipation.

The result of verification phase experiments and its respective optimum processing

parameters are shown in Table 5.18 and Table 5.17 respectively. The results obtained

verified the selection of the most appropriate processing parameters.

Table 5.18: The verification phase results based on the most appropriate processing

parameters

Dependent/response variables Replicate 1 Replicate 2 Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) ≅ 11.73 ≅ 11.33 Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) ≅ 2.44 ≅ 2.77 Brine Shrimp Lethality study (McLaughlin and Rogers, 1998) Biological activity, LC50 (ppm) 0.83 0.83

5.7 Comparison of the optimum response variables

The optimum response variables obtained from the literature, preliminary,

optimization and verification experiments were differed slightly from each other but as

compared to the literature, there was a huge difference between the other. The

Page 169: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

145

comparison is shown in Table 5.19. This research reports for the first time of the

phytochemical and biological activity (LC50) screening on the roots of Derris elliptica.

The results demonstrate final comparison on the literature, preliminary, optimization and

verification experiments. The rotenoids resin or known as a cube resin was obtained

from the SAPHYR S. A. R. L (France). This cube resin was impure and comprised with

other unwanted substances or impurities such as ester of aliphatic acids, waxes, fats,

chlorophyll and colouring matters. That is the reason why the yield of rotenoids resin in

dried roots; % (w/w) as reported by Grinda et al. (1986) was higher than the preliminary,

optimization and verification experiments. As for this study, pure resin was obtained

during the preliminary, optimization and verification experiments. The indicator to

identify pure resin substances were by analyzing the resin using RP-HPLC wherein less

than 6 unidentified compounds were available in the resin as compared to the industrial

cube resin which consist 30 unidentified compounds as shown in Appendix H. The

other indicator was to dissolve the resin with water until a white and milky solution

appeared (Francis and Franklin, 1943; Andel, 2000).

Another reason was due to the species used as reported by Grinda et al. (1986)

have been mixed with other species such as Lonchocarpus nicou (known as cube or

barbasco; Amazon forest, Brazil), Lonchocarpus urucu (Amazon forest, Brazil), Milletia

ferruginea (French West Africa) and Mundulea suberosa (Africa). Meanwhile, the

procurement of Derris roots in Kota Johor Lama, Johor was done by selecting only one

species which is Derris elliptica. This was to ensure that no major differences occurred

in the result of yield, concentration and toxicity level. Although one of the response

variables (biological activity study) shown insignificant due to inconsistency of the yield

of rotenone (mg), other response variables produced a significant relationship and can be

used to predict the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone

in dried roots; % (w/w). Furthermore, the usage of new co-solvent (ester of aliphatic

acids such as butyl, hexyl and octyl esters) to facilitate the solubility of rotenone into the

bulk solution was also the main reason of yielding high rotenoids resin. Unfortunately,

several weaknesses were noted from the method established by Grinda et al. (1986)

which is the methylene chloride used in the extraction process was costly, unsafe and

Page 170: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

146

unenvironmental-friendly as compared to the acetone and ethanol. Moreover, no

literature has been found for the brine shrimp lethality study due to the biological

activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin was usually applicable only for the higher class of

organisms such as mammals and insects. As for that reason, the biological activity

(LC50) of rotenoids resin indicated that the bio-active constituents available in the

rotenoids resin (e.g.: rotenone, deguelin, tephrosin and 12αβ-rotenolone) were

considered very active against brine shrimp (Artemia salina) although insignificant to

obtain the optimum processing parameters.

In addition, the biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin in this study showed

higher LC50 level (hazard indicator class II: ≤ 1.00 ppm) as compared to the rotenone

standard (SIGMA-Aldrich™) (hazard indicator class III: 17.45 ppm). The contrary was

due to the other constituent’s such as deguelin, tephrosin and 12αβ-rotenolone which

contribute to the toxicity of the extracts rather than the rotenone only. Furthermore, a

research by Pagan and Hageman (1949) demonstrated that the toxicological value of

Derris roots was indirectly correlated with the yield of rotenone (mg) only but it was

correlated to the total extractives compounds (resin + rotenone + other toxic

constituents). As a result, the biological activity (LC50) of rotenone standard (SIGMA-

Aldrich™) with purity of 95 - 98 % (w/w) produced lower toxicity value as compared to

the rotenoids resin from literature, preliminary and verification phase. Meanwhile,

analysis of the yield of rotenone (mg) for preliminary, optimization and verification

phase were employed a standard method from Baron (1976) and the AOAC official

method (1983).

Page 171: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 172: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

148

5.7 Correlation between the yield of rotenoids resin and yield of rotenone

Pearson’s correlation coefficients (r) were calculated to determine whether any

of the response variables were interrelated. The correlation coefficients are shown in

Table 5.20.

Table 5.20: Pearson’s correlation coefficients (r) of the response variables

aND - Not determined: The model for this response variable (biological activity) generated from the Design-Expert® software version 6.0 (Stat-Ease, 2002) was insignificant in order to obtain the optimum processing parameters.

Correlation measures the extent of any linear association, but association does

not imply causation. It frequently happens that two variables are highly correlated not

because one is casually related to the other but because they are both strongly related to

the third variable. Nevertheless, scientific experiments can frequently make a strong

case for causality by carefully controlling the values of all variables that might be related

to the ones under study (Devore and Farnum, 1999).

Figure 5.33 displays the relationship between yield of rotenoids resin in dried

roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w). The graph was generated

by the Design-Expert® software version 6.0 (Stat-Ease, 2002) in which identified the

ideal combination of parameters that affected the experimental results (response

variables). The results from this study indicated that the yield of rotenone in dried roots;

% (w/w) was negatively (r = -0.46) correlated with the yield of rotenoids resin in the

dried roots; % (w/w) and showed a strong negative correlation amongst these two

responses.

CORRELATION OF RESPONSES

Yield of rotenoids resin

Yield of rotenone

aBiological activity (LC50)

Yield of rotenoids resin -0.46 ND Yield of rotenone -0.46 ND Biological activity (LC50) ND ND

Page 173: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

149

DESIGN-EXPERT Plot

Correlation: -0.459

Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots

Yie

ld o

f rot

enon

e co

nten

t in

drie

d ro

ots

2.48 10.0325 17.585 25.1375 32.69

0.17

2.5825

4.995

7.4075

9.82

Figure 5.33 Pearson’s correlation coefficients (r) between the yield of rotenone in

dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w)

The strong negative correlation between the yield of rotenoids resin in dried

roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) indicated that at a large

increased of the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots; % (w/w), there would be a large

decreased in the yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) or vice versa. Hence, a higher

yield of rotenoids resin (mg) indicated a lower yield of rotenone (mg) or vice versa.

This can be explained that the yield of rotenone (mg) was strongly affected at high

operating temperature (40 0C) during the concentration process to obtain the rotenoids

resin. Perhaps, this explanation could be strongly related to Dawson et al. (1991)

wherein the temperature appears to affect severely the breakdown of rotenone. The

demotion of rotenone content (mg) may be due to the deterioration process that occurred

during the process of concentrating the Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) under reduced

pressure of 0.3 mbar at 40 0C (Surya and John, 2001). During the process, prolonged

exposure of LCE to the heat may facilitate the dissipation of rotenone into non-toxic

Page 174: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

150

dihydrorotenone and H2O (Schnick, 1974; Bradbury, 1986). However, the result was

contradicted with Visetson and Chuchoui (1999); Suraphon and Manthana (2001)

finding wherein the operating temperature above 70 0C may cause decomposition of the

plant active ingredients. Furthermore, the dissipation of rotenone content (mg) during

the concentration process should not be occurred unless there was an instrumentation

failure during the process such as insufficient vacuum pressure pump. In fact, a

sufficient vacuum pressure pump facilitates the solvent evaporation rate below its

normal boiling point at 1.0 bar thus minimize the heat exposure to the extracts.

Correlation for the biological activity (LC50) towards the yield of rotenoids resin

in dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) were inconsistent

or incompatible. On the contrary, Pagan and Loustalot (1948) have indicated that the

transmittance values (to calculate the yield of rotenone (mg) using light absorption in a

spectrophotometer) of acetone extract of Derris elliptica was moderately close related to

the biological estimation of the toxicity value (determined on houseflies). However, the

finding was in accordance with Jones et al. (1949) wherein indirect relation was

observed between the yield of rotenone (mg) from Derris roots and their insecticidal

value (biological activity). In addition, a research by Pagan and Hageman (1949)

indicated that the toxicological value of acetone extract of Derris roots was imperfectly

correlated with the yield of rotenone (mg) only but substances other than rotenone

(e.g.: deguelin, tephrosin and 12αβ-rotenolone) were also contributed to the toxicity of

the extracts.

Page 175: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

CHAPTER VI

CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMEDATIONS

6.1 Conclusion

The main conclusions from the experiments are summarized as follows:

1. The preliminary experiments showed that the types of solvent, raw material

particles size (mm in diameter) and solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) affected the

yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried

roots, % (w/w). The biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin in the

preliminary experiments was done separately due to the sampling procedures for

2 hours interval produced insufficient volume (ml) of the Liquid Crude Extract

(LCE) prior to the concentration process. The maximum yield of rotenoids resin

in dried roots obtained from the preliminary experiment was 9.50 % (w/w) whilst

the maximum yield of rotenone in dried roots was 1.95 % (w/w). The biological

activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin was ≤ 1.00 ppm and considered as very active

constituents against brine shrimp (Artemia salina).

Page 176: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

152

2. The theoretical maximum yield of rotenoids resin in dried root and yield of

rotenone in dried roots obtained from the optimization experiments were 5.99 %

(w/w) and 12.26 % (w/w) respectively. These theoretical results were selected

based on the desirability values of given solutions. The biological activity (LC50)

of rotenoids resin was insignificant in relation to the optimum processing

parameters due to inconsistency of rotenone content (mg) and the low value of

LC50 which was less than 100 ppm for all treatments. This was as a result of the

presence of other toxic constituents (e.g.: tephrosin, 12αβ-rotenolone and

deguelin) in the rotenoids resin which contribute to the low LC50 values despite

of the lower yield of rotenone (mg).

3. Based on the optimization phase, the most appropriate theoretical processing

parameters for the types of solvent, solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g) and raw material

particles size (mm in diameter) were acetone, 4.72 and 0.83 respectively. These

theoretical appropriate processing parameters were evaluated thoroughly based

on the desirability values of a given solution. The verification experiment

revealed that these theoretical appropriate processing parameters produced slight

differentiation as compared to the theoretical maximum yield of rotenoids resin

in dried root; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w).

4. Based on the multiple response analysis of the yield of rotenone in dried roots; %

(w/w) and rotenone concentration; mg/ml, the consistent and significant

correlation between response variables and independent variables were solvent-

to-solid ratio (ml/g) and raw material particles size (mm in diameter) of the

acetone extract. Therefore, the most appropriate theoretical processing

parameters to achieve high yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w) and

rotenone concentration; % (w/w) were 1.41 mm in diameter of the raw material

particles size, 3.62 ml/g of the solvent-to-solid ratio and acetone. Although the

values predicted contradict slightly to the ANOVA analysis, it is suggested that

the range of appropriate processing parameter for the solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g)

and raw material particles size (mm in diameter) are:

Page 177: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

153

(A) Solvent-to-solid ratio (ml/g): 3.62 ml/g ↔ 4.72 ml/g.

(B) Raw material particles size (mm in diameter): 0.83 mm ↔ 1.41 mm.

5. Overall, the biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin in this study showed

higher LC50 level (hazard indicator class II: ≤ 1.00 ppm) as compared to the

rotenone standard (SIGMA-Aldrich™) (hazard indicator class III: 17.45 ppm).

Nevertheless, both rotenoids resin extracted in this study and the rotenone

standard were considered to give moderate effect to mammals since the hazard

indicator class II and III represented moderate toxicity level.

6. Under optimized condition, all processing parameters were significantly

promoted the increment of the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w)

and yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) as compared to the method done on

the preliminary phase experiments.

7. The yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots obtained in the verification phase was

11.53 % (w/w) whilst the yield of rotenone in dried roots was 2.61 % (w/w) and

the biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin was 0.83 ppm.

8. The results from this study indicated that the yield of rotenone in dried roots; %

(w/w) was negatively (r = -0.46) correlated with the yield of rotenoids resin in

the dried roots; % (w/w) and showed a strong negative correlation amongst these

two responses. The strong negative correlation between the yield of rotenoids

resin in dried roots; % (w/w) and yield of rotenone in dried roots; % (w/w)

indicated that at a large increased of the yield of rotenoids resin (mg), there

would be a large decreased in the yield of rotenone (mg) or vice versa. Hence, a

higher yield of rotenoids resin (mg) indicated a lower yield of rotenone (mg) or

vice versa.

Page 178: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

154

6.2 Recommendation

Based on the results and conclusions obtained from this research, the following

recommendations can be drawn for future work:

1. The effect of seasonal climatic changes on the yield of biomass and rotenoids

play a vital factor for ensuring the accurate time to harvest the Derris plant roots

at the highest yield of rotenoids resin (g) and rotenone (mg). It is believed that if

the production of rotenone from Derris species can be studied and understood,

the exact harvest season to produce an optimum yield of rotenone (mg) can be

cultivated so that the production of rotenone at optimum level can be facilitated

at any season.

2. The development of other bio-processing techniques that minimize thermal

degradation of rotenone content (mg) and simultaneously maximize the yield of

rotenoids resin (g) should be studied further.

3. Other biological activity (LC50) method should be implemented in order to

validate and justify the biological activity (LC50) studied. Furthermore, the

bioassay should be investigated further against the major targeted insect pests

such as Spodoptera litura and Plutella xylostella that commonly infested the

cruciferous plant and likely to be persistent to any types of insecticide.

Page 179: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

REFERENCES

Andel, T. V. (2000). The diverse uses of fish-poison plants in Northwest Guyana.

Economic Botany. The New York Botanical Garden Press, Bronx, NY, 54 (4) pp.

500-512.

AOAC Official Method (1983). Rotenone in Pesticide Formulations. Liquid

Chromatographic Method. First Action 1983 and Final Action 1991; 983.06 (2000)

AOAC OFFICIAL METHOD OF ANALYSIS.

Anonymous (2005). World population 2005. Population Reference Bureau, Washington,

DC 20009-5728 USA. Http://www.prb.org. Accessed May, 2005.

Augustijn-Beckers, P. W. M., Hornsby, A. G. and Wauchope, R. D. (1994). Pesticide

properties database for environmental decision making II-SCS/ARS/CES.

Additional compounds. Rev. Env. Cont. Tox. 137:1-82, 2-52.

Acevedo-Rodriquez, P. (1990). The occurrence of piscicides and stupefactants in the

plant kingdom. Pages 1-23 in Prance, G. T. and Balick, M. J., eds. New directions in

the study plants and people. Advances in Economic Botany 8. New York Botanical

Garden, New York.

Page 180: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

156

Balandrin, M. F., Klocke, J. A., Wurtele, E. S. and Bollinger, W. H. (1985). Natural

plant chemicals: Sources of industrial and medicinal materials. Science. 228: 1154-

1160.

Bradbury, V. K., Gingerich, W. H., Davis, R. A. and Gilderhus, P. A. (1991). Rotenone

persistence in freshwater ponds: Effects of temperature and sediment adsorption.

North American Journal of Fisheries Management. 11, 2: 850-856.

Bremness, L. (1994). Herbs. London: Dorling Kindersly Ltd.

Banthorpe, D. V., Ekundayo, O., Mann, J. and Tunbull, K. W. (1975). Biosynthesis of

monoterpenes from 14C-labelled acetate and CO2. Phytochemistry. 14: 707-715.

Brenner, R. J., Focks, D. A., Arbogast, R. T. and Weaver (1998). Practical use of spatial

analysis in precision targeting for integrated pest management. Am. Ent. 44:

79-101.

Baron, L. R. and Freudenthal, I. R. (1976). Separation of rotenoids by High Pressure

Liquid Chromatography. Journal of Chromatography. 134: 207-209.

Bell, E. A., Fellows, L. E. and Simmonds, M. S. J. (1990). Natural products from the

plants for the control of insect pests. In Hodgson, R. J. Kuhr (eds), Safer

Insecticides, Marcel Dekker, New York, pp. 337-350.

Bob, B. B. and Wilhelm, G. (2004). Metabolic Engineering: Biochemistry and

Molecular Biology of plants. Http://www.uni-hohenheim.de/de/∼schwekdk/

metabolix/. Accessed May, 2004.

Cheng, H. M., Yamamoto and Casida, J. E. (1972). Rotenone photodecomposition.

Journal of Agricultural Food. Chem. 20, 4: 850-856.

Page 181: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

157

Coats, J. R. (1994). Risks from the natural versus synthetic insecticides. Ann. Rev. Ent.

39: 489-515.

Cornell, J. A. (1990). How to apply Response Surface Methodology (RSM). 2nd ed.

Wisconsin, US: ASQC. 1-20.

Croteau, R. (1987). Biosynthesis and catabolism of monoterpenoids. Chem. Rev. 87:

929-954.

Coulson, J. M., Richardson, J. F., Backhurst, J. R. and Harker, J. H. (1991). Chemical

Engineering. Vol. 2. 4th Ed. Particle Technology and Separation Processes. Oxford:

Pergamon Press.

Costa, C. N. B., Carvalho, L. O. D. M., Dulta, S. and Pimental, E. S. (1989). “Uso de

timbo urucu (Derris urucu) no controle do piolho (Haematopinus tuberculatus) em

bubalinos.” Boletim de Pesquisa. 78: Ibama, Brasilia.

Catchpole, O. J., Perry, N. B., da Silva, B. M. T., Grey, J. B. and Smallfield, B. M.

(2002). Supercritical extraction of herbs: Saw Palmetto, St. John’s Wort, Kava Root,

and Echinacea. The Journal of Supercritical Fluids. 22, 2: 129-138.

Copping, L. (1998). The bio-pesticides manual. British Crop Protection Council, UK,

pp. 333.

Choi, M. P. K., Chan, K. K. C., Leung, H. W. and Huie, C. W. (2003). Pressurized

liquid extraction of active ingredients (ginsenosides) from medicinal plants using

non-ionic surfactant solutions. Journal of Chromatography A. 983 (1-2): 153-162.

Cacace, J. E. and Mazza, G. (2003). Mass transfer process during extraction of phenolic

compounds form milled berries. Journal of Food Engineering. 59: 379-389.

Page 182: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

158

Colquhoun, D. (1971). Lectures on Biostatics. Clarendon Press, Oxford.

Dev, S. and Koul, O. (1997). Insecticides of Natural Origin. Harwood Academic

Publishers GMBH, Amsterdam. The Netherlands, pp. 365.

Dzolkifli, O. (2004). Laboratory and field efficacy studies on the toxicity of

rotenone. Proposal of Industrial Grant Scheme (IGS) 2004 (2nd proposal);

Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation (MOSTI). Industrial collaboration

project with Heritage Biotech (M) Sdn. Bhd and Chemical Engineering Pilot Plant

(CEPP), UTM Skudai, Johor.

Devore, J. L. and Farhum, N. R. (1999). Applied statistics for engineers and scientists.

Pacific Grove: Duxbury Press.

Dawson, V. K., Gingerich, R. A., Davis, P. A. and Gilderhus (1991). Rotenone

persistence in freshwater ponds: Effects of temperature and sediment adsorption.

North American Journal of Fisheries Management. 11, 2: 226-231.

Dent, D. R. and Lomer, C. J. (1999). Product development and commercialization in

development assistance projects: A case study of LUBILOSA (unpublished report).

CABI/IITA, pp. 25.

De-Wilde, A. R., Heyndrickx, A. and Carton, D. (1986). A case of fatal rotenone

poisoning in a child. Jour. Forensic Sci. 31: 1492-8.

Davies, O. L. (Ed.) (1954). The design and analysis of industrial experiments. London:

Oliver and Boyd.

Devlin, J. F. and Zettel, T. (1999). Ecoagriculture: Initiatives in Eastern and Southern

Africa. Weaver Press, Harare.

Page 183: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

159

Ellenhorn, M. J. and Barceloux, D. G. (1988). Medical toxicology: Diagnosis and

treatment of human poisoning. New York, Elsevier.

Extoxnet (1996). Pesticides news: Pesticide information notebook rotenone. No. 54,

December 2001, pages 20-21.

EPA - Environmental Protection Agency (1994). Chemical summary for the methylene

chloride (dichloromethane). Prepared by: Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics,

USA Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), August, 1994.

EPA - Environmental Protection Agency (1996). US EPA Classification of Pesticides by

Acute Human Health Hazards. Farm Chemical Handbook (1996) and Crop

Protection Reference (1996).

Faridah, A. F. (1998). The commercialization of local medicinal herb in skin care and

toiletries product. In Nair, M. N. B. and Ganapathi, N. (Ed.). Medicinal plants: Cure

for the 21st century. Biodiversity, conservation and utilization of medicinal plants.

Proceeding of the seminar. 15-16 October 1998. Serdang: Universiti Putra Malaysia.

130-132.

Finney, D. J. (1964). Statistical method in biological assay. 2nd Edition. Griffin, London.

Finney, D. J. (1971). Probit analysis. 3rd Edition. Cambrigde University Press,

Cambrigde.

Fukami, J. -L., Yamamoto, L. and Casida, J. E. (1967). Metabolism of rotenone in vitro

by tissue homogenates from mammals and insects. Science. 155: 713-716.

Francis, A. G. and Franklin, M. T. (1943). The location and state of rotenone in the root

of Derris elliptica. Journal of Agricultural Research. No. 524, University of

California, United States of America.

Page 184: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

160

Frank, T. C., Downey, J. R. and Gupta, S. K. (1999). Quickly screen solvent for organic

solids. Chemical Engineering Progress (December); 41-61.

Frank, M., Greco, Marianne, P., Fitzpatrick, M. S., Wendy, S. and Graffam. (1996)

Preliminary evaluation of selected nutrient composition of two life stages of Artemia

salina before and after feeding an enriched Torula yeast product. The Journal of

MaquaCulture. Volume 4; Issue 3.

Farnsworth, N. R. (1966). Biological and phytochemical screening of plants. J. Pharm

Sci. 55: 225-276.

Fasihuddin, A. and Hasmah, R. (1993). Kimia hasilan semulajadi dan tumbuhan ubatan.

Kuala Lumpur. Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka (DBP).

Grainge, M. and Ahmed, S. (1998). Handbook of plants with pest-control properties.

Wiley, New York, pp. 470.

Gaikar, V. G. and Dandekar, D. V. (2001). Process for extraction of curcuminoids from

Curcuma species. USPTO PATENT FULL-TEXT AND IMAGE DATABASE,

(U. S Patent: 6,224,877).

Geankoplis, C. J. (1993). Transport processes and unit operations. 3rd Ed. Prentice Hall.

New Jersey.

Grinda, Francoise, Gueyne and Jean (1986). Extraction of insecticides from plants.

USPTO PATENT FULL-TEXT AND IMAGE DATABASE, SAPHYR S. A. R. L.

(France) (U. S Patent: 4,698,222).

Page 185: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

161

Gertenbach, D. D. (2001). Solid-liquid extraction technologies for manucfacturing

nutraceuticals from botanicals. In functional foods: Biochemical and processing

aspects. Shi, J., Mazza, G. and Le-Maguer, M. (eds.) CRC press. Boca Raton,

Florida, Vol 2: 331-366.

Gaby, S. (1986). Natural crop protection in the tropics - DERRIS: Derris elliptica, D.

Malaccensis, D. uliginosa. Copyright Margraf Publishers Scientific Books.

Gosselin, R. E., Smith, R. P. and Hodge, H. C. (1984). Clinical toxicology of

commercial products. 5th (ed.) Baltimore/London: Williams and Wilkins, pp. 111-

366-7.

Gosalvez, M. (1983). Carcinogenesis with the insecticide rotenone. Life Science. 32:

809-816.

Goodman, L. S., Gilman, A. G., Rall, T. W. and Murad, F. (1985). Goodman and

Gilman's: The pharmacological basis of therapeutics. 7th (ed.) New York, Toronto,

London: Macmillan pp. 1839.

HealthComm. International. Inc. (1998). Phytochemicals in functional medicine and

inflammation. Technical Bulletin.

Harborne, J. B. (1984). Phytochemical method. 2nd ed. Chapman and Hall. London.

Heal, R. E., Rogers, E. F., Wallance, R. T. and Starnes, O. (1950). A survey of plants of

insecticidal activity. Llodyia. 13: 89-162.

Houghton, P. J. and Raman, A. (1998). Laboratory handbook for the fractionation of

natural extracts. Chapman and Hall. London.

Page 186: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

162

Hamid, A. (1999). Derris Lour. Pages 234-242 in de Padua, L. S., Bunyapraphatsara, N.,

Lemmens, R. H. M. J., eds. Plant Resources of South-East Asia 12 (1): Medicinal

and poisonous plants 1. Backhuys Publishers, Leiden.

Harris, J. (1999). Pesticides in perspective. CAB International.

Hao, N. C., Hien-Phan-Phuoc, et al. (1998). Technology to produce the preparations

from the ‘Tuba’ roots (Derris elliptica Benth). Proceedings of scientific works for 5

years 1993-1998, Institute of Tropical Biology ITB, National Center for Natural

Sciences and Technology of Vietnam-NCST, HCM Publishing house of Agriculture

(274-281).

Hien-Phan-Phuoc, Hao-Nguyen-Cong and Hoa-Nguyen-Chong. (1996). Researchers on

the growing conditions and effect of using rotenone from Derris elliptica Benth in

Mekong River Delta. Journal of Science, Technology and Economic Management.

Agriculture and Food Industry, No 12/96 (522-524).

Hien-Phan-Phuoc, Hao-Nguyen-Cong, Tri-Mai-Dinh, Giang-Nguyen and Cuu-Thi-

Huong. (1999). Relationships between the formation and accumulation of rotenone

in Derris plant. Proceedings of the National Biotechnology Conference 1999:

Hanoi publishing house 1999 (810-816).

Hien-Phan-Phuoc, Hao-Nguyen-Cong, Tri-Mai-Dinh, Giang-Nguyen and Cuu-Thi-

Huong. (2000). Researches on the formation, translocation and accumulation of

rotenone in nature. Vietnamese Journal of Science and Technology. No. 3, Vol.

XXXXVIII (116-127).

Hayes, W. J. Jr. (1982). Pesticides studied in man. Baltimore/London: Williams and

Wilkins, 81-6.

Page 187: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

163

Hewlett, P. S. and Plankett R. L. (1979). The interpretation of Quantal Responses in

Biology. Edward Arnold (Publishers) Limited.

Ikan, R. (1991). Natural products: A laboratory guide. 2nd edn, Academic Press,

London.

John, R. A. and Ron, R. K. (1944). INSECT CONTROL. Jour. Econ. Ento. 37: 400-408.

Jeyaratnam, J. (1990). World Health Statistics. Quarterly No. 43. World Health

Organisation (WHO).

Jones, A. M. and Pagan, C. (1949). A futher toxicological comparison of Derris and

Lonchocarpus. Journal of Agricultural Research. Vol. 77, No. 9, 10, Washington

D. C.

Kole, R. K., Satpathi, C. and Chowdhuri (1992). Isolation of amorphalone, a potent

rotenoid insecticide from Tephrosia candida. J. Agri. Food Chem. 40: 1208-1210.

Koolhass, D. R. (1938). Peculiarities of the roots of different Derris varieties.

Bergcultures. 12: 1045-1053.

Kidd, H. and James, D. R. (1991). The Agrochemicals Handbook, Third Edition. Royal

Society of Chemistry Information Services, Cambridge, United Kingdom: 2-13.

Kuehl, R. (2000). Design of Experiments: Statistical principles of research design and

analysis. 2nd ed. Duxbury Press. Pacific Grove.

Ken, R. (1999). How i successfully hatch Brine Shrimp. Artemia FAQ 2.0.

Http://www.angelfire/artemia.html. Accessed January, 2005.

Page 188: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

164

Koul, O. and Smirle, M. J. (1993). Allomones in insect-plant interactions. In G. T. gujar

(ed.), Recent advances in insect physiology and toxicology, Agricole Publishing

Academy, New Delhi, pp. 14-40.

Lisansky, S. (1997). Microbial bio-pesticides. In microbial insecticides: Novelty or

necessity? British Crop Protection Council Proceedings/Monograph Series No.

68, pp. 3-10.

List, P. H. and Schmidt, P. C. (1989). Phytopharmaceutical technology. CRC Press,

Boca Raton.

Leonard, J. W. (1939). Notes on the use of Derris as a fish poison. Transactions of the

American Fisheries Society. 68: 269-279.

Lang, Q. and Wai, C. M. (2001). Supercritical fluid extraction in herbal and natural

product studies: A practical review. Talanta. 53: 771-782.

Love, J. (1999). Phytochemicals, functional foods, nutraceuticals: New names for an

emerging field. Http://www.exnet.iastate.edu/pages/xicosett/9feb12.html. Assessed

July, 2004.

Mourad, K. and Anne-Marie, M. (1986). Lonchocarpene and Lonchocarpusone, an

isoflavone: Two pyranopolyphenols from Lonchocarpus Nicou roots. Natural

products. No. 2, pp. 281-285.

McLaughlin, J. L. and Rogers, L. L. (1998). The use of biological assays to evaluate

botanicals. Drug Information Journal. Vol. 32, pp. 513-524.

McLaughlin, J. L. (1991). Crown gall tumours on potato disc and brine shrimp lethality:

Two simple bioassay for higher plant screening and fractionation. In K.

Hostettmann, Assays of Bioactivity, Academic Press, San Diego, pp. 2-32.

Page 189: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

165

Moriya, M., Ohta, T. and Watanabe, K. (1983). Further mutagenicity studies on

pesticides in bacterial reversion assay system. Mutat. Res. 116: 185-216.

Mircea, V. (2001). An overview of the ultrasonically assisted extraction of bioactive

principles from herbs. Ultrasonics Sonochemistry. 8: 303-313.

Mizubuti, I. Y., Junior, O. B., de-Oliveira Souza, L. W., de-Silva, R. S. and Ida, E. I.

(2000). Response Surface Methodology (RSM) for extracting optimization of pigeon

pea protein. Food Chemistry. 70: 259-265.

Murray, B. I. (1997). Neem and other botanical insecticides: Barriers to

commercialization. Phtyoparasitica. 25 (4): 339-334.

Matsumura, F. (1985). Toxicity of insecticides. Plenum Press, New York.

Manuel, F. B. and James, A. K. (1985). Natural plant chemicals: Sources of industrial

and medicinal materials. Science. 228: 1154-60.

Mantell, C., Rodriquez, M. and de-la Ossa, E. M. (2002). Semi-batch extraction of

anthocyanins from the red grape pomace in packed beds: Experimental results and

process modelling. Chemical Engineering Science. 57: 3831-3838.

Mazza, G. and Cacace, J. E. (2002). Extraction of anthocyanins and other phenolics

from black currants with sulfured water. Journal of Agricultural and Food

Chemistry. 50: 5939-5946.

Mourad, K., Amegninou, A. and Anne-Marie, M. (1986). Lonchocarphene, a stilbene

and lonchocarpusone, an isoflavone: Two new pyranopolyphenols from

Lonchocarpus nicou roots. Journal of Natural Products. No. 2, pp. 281-285.

Maas, J. G. J. A. (1938). The cultivation of Derris root. Bergcultures. 9: 1059-1258.

Page 190: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

166

Moore, R. H. (1940). Insecticidal crops investigations. Puerto Rico (Mayaquez) Fed.

Expt. Sta. Rpt. 1939: 71.

Moretti, C. and Grenard, P. (1982). Les nivrees ou plantes ichthyotoxiques de la Guyane

Francaise. J. Ethnopharm. 6: 139-160.

Matleson, P. (1995). The 50 % pesticide cuts in Europe: A glimpse of our future. Am.

Ent. 41: 210-220.

National Research Council (1983). Drinking water and health. Vol. 5 Washington, D.

C.: National Academy Press pp. 98.

Ollanketo, M., Peltoketo, A., Hartonen, K., Hiltunen, R. and Riekkola, M. (2002).

Extraction of sage (Salvia officinalis L.) by pressurized hot water and conventional

methods: Antioxidant activity of the extracts. European Food Research and

Technology. 215, 2: 158-163.

Oberg, K. -E. (1961). Site of action of rotenone in the respiration chain. Exp. Cell Res.

24: 163-164.

Philip, L., Williams, Robert, C., James, Stephen, M. and Roberts (2000). Principles of

Toxicology: Environmental and industrial applications. 2nd edition, John Wiley and

Sons, Inc.

Pagan, C. and Hageman, R. H. (1949). The effect of sun, shade and oven-drying on the

toxicological and chemical values of Derris root. Journal of Agricultural Research.

Vol. 78, No. 11. Key No. P. R. - 13, Washington D. C.

Pinelo, M., Sineiro, J. and Nunez, M. J. (2006). Mass transfer during continuous solid-

liquid extraction of antioxidants from grape byproducts. Journal of Engineering. 77

57-63.

Page 191: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

167

Pagan, C. and Loustalot, A. J. (1948). A simple rapid method for estimating toxicity

(rotenone equaivalent) of Derris root. Journal of Agricultural Research. Vol. 77, No.

9, 10, Washington D. C.

Phan-Phuoc-Hien, Heinz, G. and Raymond, K. (2003). Rotenone-potential and prospect

for sustainable agriculture. Omonrice. 11: 83-92.

Pitigon, W. and Sangwanit, A. (1997). The study of Derris extract in insect control. pp.

42-48. In Agricultural Toxic Substances Conference. Department of Agriculture.

Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives. 2-10 July, 1997.

Pagan, C. and Hageman, R. H. (1949). Effect of root diameter on chemical and bio-toxic

constituents of Derris. Journal of Agricultural Research. Vol. 78, No. 11. Key No.

P. R. - 14, Washington D. C.

Pagan, C. and Loustalot, A. J. (1949). Comparison of chemical values with the

toxicological rotenone equivalent of Derris and Lonchocarpus roots. Journal of

Agricultural Research. Vol. 78, No. 7, Washington D. C.

Raws, R. L. (1986). Experts probe issue, chemistry of light-activated pesticides. Chem.

Eng. News Sept. 22: 2124.

Rahman, A. R. (2004). Response Surface Methods (RSM). A two days course using

Design Expert Software version 6.0 (Stat-Ease, 2002). 6-7 February, 2004. Chemical

Engineering Pilot Plant (CEPP), UTM Skudai, Johor Darul Takzim.

Rodney, B. and Alan, H. (1976). Determination of rotenone in pesticide formulations

and the separation of six rotenoids by reversed-phase High Performance Liquid

Chromatography. Journal of Chromatography. 134: 210-215.

Page 192: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

168

Reinertaen, H., Jensen, A., Koksvik, J. I. and Olsen, Y. (1987). Effects of fish removal

on the the limnetic ecosystem of an eutrophic lake. J. Fish Aquat. Sci. 47: 166-173.

Rydberg, J., Musikas, C. and Choppin, G. R. (Eds.) (1992). Principles and practises of

solvent extraction. New York: Marcel Dekker, Inc.

Raven, L. (1973). Drug action and reactions. Levine, R. R., Pharmacology,

Philadelphia.

Rice, E. L. (1995). Biological control of weeds and plant diseases. Advances in Applied

Allelopathy, University of Oklahoma Press.

Salisbury, F. B. and Ross, C. (1974). Plant physiology. Prentice-Hall of India Private

Limited, New Delhi.

Saiful, I. Z., Mohammad, R. S., Ramlan, A. A., Mohd, K. A. and Dzolkifli, O. (2003).

Development of Environmental Friendly Natural Bio-pesticide from Local Plant

Species (Tuba). Proposal of Industrial Grant Scheme (IGS) 2003 (1st proposal);

Ministry of Science, Technology and Environment (MOSTE). Industrial collaboration

project with Heritage Biotech (M) Sdn. Bhd and Chemical Engineering Pilot Plant

(CEPP), UTM Skudai, Johor.

Shane, M. and Doug, P. (2000). Backgrounder: Rotenone and Parkinson's Disease.

Nature Neuroscience. Vol. 3, pp. 1301.

Stat-Ease (2002). Design-Expert 6.0 user’s guide. Version 6.0 Design-Expert® software.

Starr, F., Starr, K. and Loope, L. (2003). Derris elliptica, poison vine, Fabaceae. United

States Geological Survey, Biological Resources Division, Haleakala Field Station,

Maui, Hawai'i.

Page 193: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

169

Surya, H. and John, B. B. (2001). Initial studies on alkaloids from Lombok Medicinal

Plants. Molecules. 6: 117-129.

Suraphon, V. and Manthana, M. (2001). Effects of root extract from Derris (Derris

elliptica Benth) on mortality and detoxification enyzme levels in the Diamondback

Moth Larvae (Plutella xylostella Linn.). Am. Ent. 8: 100-120.

Schnick, R. A. (1974). A review of the literature on the use of rotenone in fishies. La

Crosse, W. L.: Fish Control Laboratory.

Seikova, I., Simeonov, E. and Inavona, E. (2004). Protein leaching from tomato seed:

Experimental kinetics and prediction of effective diffusivity. Journal of Food

Engineering. 61, 2: 165-171.

Schwatrzberg, H. G. and Chao, R.Y. (1982). Solute diffusivities in leaching processes.

Food Technology. 36, 2: 73-86.

Sukamar, K., Perch, M. J. and Boobar, L. R. (1991). Botanical derivates in mosquito

control: A review. J. Am. Mosq. Control Assoc. 7: 210-237.

Salleh, M. N. (1998). The forest can cure all ills; Myth or reality. In Nair, M. N. B. and

Ganapathi, N. (Ed.). Medicinal plants: Cure for the 21st Century. Biodiversity,

conservation and utilization of medicinal plants. Proceeding of the seminar. 15-16

October 1998. Serdang: Universiti Putra Malaysia (UPM). 1-6.

Smith, R. M. (1999). Supercritical fluids in separation science: The dreams, the reality

and the future. Journal of Chromatography. 856: 83-115.

Stoll, G. (1988). Natural plant protection is the tropics. Magraf Publishers,

Weikersheim.

Page 194: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

170

Schmeltz, I. (1971). Nicotine and other tobacco alkaloids. In M. Jacobson and D. G.

Crosby (eds), Naturally Occuring Insecticides, Marcel Dekker, New York, pp.

99-136.

Smith, M. W. (1941). Treatment of Potter’s Lake, New Brunswick, with rotenone.

Transactions of the American Fisheries Society. 70: 347-355.

Tiwari, K. K. (1995). Extraction technologies related to food processing. In Gaonkar, A.

G. (Ed.). Food processing: Recent developments. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science. 269-

301.

Taylor and Francis (1985). Basic toxicology: Fundamentals, target organs and risk

assessment. New York.

Vickery, M. L. and Vickery, B. (1981). Secondary plant metabolism. Macmillan Press

Ltd. Hong Kong.

Van, R. N. (1991). The dose makes the poison. Ottoboni, M. A., New York.

Visetson, S. and Milne, M. (2001). Effects of roots extracts from Derris (Derris elliptica

Benth) on mortality and detoxicification enyzme levels in the Diamondback Moth

Larvae (Plutella xylostella Linn.). Jour. Nat. Sci. 35: 157-163.

Visetson, S. And Chuchoui, L. (1999). The efficiency of lemon grass (Cymbopogon

winterianus Jewitti) and neem (Azadiractha indica var. Siamensis, Valeton) extracts

on the changes in detoxification enyzmes in the dog tick (Rhipicephalus sanguineus

Latreille). pp. 847-851. In the 3rd Annual Conference in Biodiversity in Thailand

(BRT). 11-14 October, 1999. Hatyai, Songkla, Thailand.

Vermeulen, N. (1998). Encyclopedia of herbs. Vancouver: Whitecap Books.

Page 195: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

171

Voirin, B., Brun, N. and Bayet, C. (1990). Effects of day length on the monoterpene

composition of leaves of Mentha piperita. Phytochemistry. 29: 749-755.

WHO - World Health Organisations (1997). Vector Control: Methods for the use by

individual and communities. Prepared by Jan A. Rozendaal, pp. 412.

WHO - World Health Organisations (1996). The International Programme on Chemical

Safety (IPCS): Methylene chloride. Environmental Health Criteria 164.

WHO - World Health Organisation (1992). The WHO recommended classification of

pesticides by hazard and guidelines to classification 1992-1993. Geneva, World

Health Organisation, pp. 66 (Unpublished document, WHO/PCS/92.14).

Walton, N. J. and Brown, D. E. (1999). Chemical from plants: Perspectives on plant

secondary products. Imperial College Press. Singapore.

Waage, J. K. (1999). Beyond the realm of conventional biological control: harnessing

bio-resources and developing biologically-based technologies for sustainable pest

management. Proceedings of the Symposium on biological control in the tropics.

Held at MARDI Training Centre, Serdang, Malaysia, 18-19 March 1999, pp. 5-17.

Weier, J. L. and Starr, D. F. (1950). The use of rotenone to remove rough fish for the

purpose of improving migratory waterfowl refuge areas. J. Wildl. Manage. 14, 2:

203-205.

Wilkonson, J. A. (1998). The potential of herbal products for nutraceutical and

pharmaceutical development. International Business Communication (IBC) Fifth

annual conference. Functional Foods. 7-8 September 1998. London.

Page 196: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

172

Yu, S. J. And Hsu, E. L. (1985). Induction of hydrolases by allelochemicals and host

plants in fall armyworm (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) larvae. Environ. Ent. 14: 512-

515.

Page 197: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

APPENDICES

Page 198: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

174

Appendix A

Table A-1: Complete results of the optimization phase experimental design

Sample Weight of dried roots

Particles size (mm in diameter)

Ratio (ml/g) Solvent

bVol. extract ml (before)

1 29.47 g 5.00 6.00 Acetone 150.0 2 29.91 g 2.75 10.00 aEthanol 250.0 3 29.62 g 4.09 3.62 aEthanol 96.0 4 29.95 g 1.41 3.62 Acetone 70.0 5 30.56 g 4.09 8.38 aEthanol 220.0 6 29.27g 2.75 2.00 Acetone 28.0 7 29.34 g 4.09 3.62 Acetone 80.0 8 29.78 g 4.09 8.38 aEthanol 220.0 9 29.74 g 1.41 3.62 Acetone 69.0 10 31.74 g 2.75 6.00 aEthanol 135.0 11 29.98 g 5.00 6.00 aEthanol 160.0 12 29.44 g 1.41 8.38 aEthanol 217.0 13 29.49 g 2.75 6.00 Acetone 152.0 14 29.55 g 4.09 3.62 aEthanol 90.0 15 30.01 g 0.50 8.38 aEthanol 103.0 16 29.54 g 4.09 3.62 Acetone 76.0 17 29.36 g 2.75 6.00 Acetone 151.0 18 29.71 g 2.75 6.00 aEthanol 157.0 19 29.30 g 1.41 8.38 Acetone 205.0 20 30.06 g 4.09 8.38 Acetone 206.0 21 29.37 g 0.50 6.00 Acetone 130.0 22 29.31 g 1.41 8.38 aEthanol 215.0 23 29.78 g 2.75 6.00 aEthanol 154.0 24 29.98 g 2.75 6.00 Acetone 141.0 25 28.89 g 4.09 8.38 Acetone 225.0 26 29.64 g 1.41 3.62 aEthanol 77.0 27 29.63 g 1.41 8.38 Acetone 213.0 28 29.46 g 2.75 2.00 aEthanol 34.0 29 30.14 g 2.75 10.00 Acetone 265.0 30 29.41 g 1.41 3.62 aEthanol 55.0 aEthanol was added with the H2O and oxalic acid - A ratio of ethanol (9): H2O (1) [Prepare 1.0 mg/ml of oxalic acid solution from the volume (ml) of H2O ratio (1)]. bVolume of Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) before the concentration process.

Page 199: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

175

Continued:

Sample cVol. extract ml (after) dmg/ml (before) eMass (mg) f% (w/w) in dried roots 1 10.00 0.80 119.40 0.41 2 103.80 1.66 414.50 1.39 3 35.00 0.52 49.92 0.17 4 5.40 42.09 2946.30 9.84 5 75.00 1.11 244.20 0.80 6 5.00 2.00 56.00 0.19 7 8.40 2.97 237.76 0.81 8 38.00 0.66 145.20 0.49 9 5.20 37.70 2601.30 8.75 10 41.00 1.00 135.00 0.43 11 26.40 2.53 404.80 1.35 12 60.00 0.68 147.56 0.50 13 29.00 2.14 325.28 1.10 14 27.00 0.92 82.35 0.28 15 34.00 2.84 292.52 0.97 16 28.00 2.07 157.32 0.53 17 14.00 11.64 1757.64 5.99 18 55.00 1.40 219.80 0.73 19 48.00 0.86 176.30 0.60 20 21.00 0.79 161.71 0.54 21 5.60 6.39 830.31 2.83 22 59.00 0.62 133.30 0.45 23 49.00 1.84 283.36 0.95 24 12.00 10.35 1459.35 4.87 25 14.00 0.44 99.00 0.34 26 24.00 2.50 192.50 0.65 27 57.00 0.50 106.50 0.36 28 10.90 1.71 58.14 0.20 29 12.00 3.55 941.28 3.12 30 21.80 3.58 196.90 0.67

cVolume of the Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE): The solvent was removed approximately 50 % to 90 % depending on how much the volume of Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) can be obtained after the extraction process. dConcentration of LCE (mg/ml) before the concentration process. eMass of rotenone (mg) in the LCE before the concentration process. fYield of rotenone in dried roots before the concentration process, % (w/w) = eYield of rotenone (mg)/weight of dried roots (g) × 100 % [Selected as response variable (THIS MODEL WAS SIGNIFICANT; R2 = 0.50)].

Page 200: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

176

Continued:

Sample gmg/ml (after) hMass (mg) i% Losses jWeight of CLCE (g) + 10% to 50% solvent1 11.61 116.12 2.75 7.06 2 2.86 296.87 28.38 86.09 3 1.65 57.75 -15.69 27.79 4 36.40 196.56 93.33 4.75 5 2.27 170.55 30.16 61.77 6 5.12 25.60 54.29 2.50 7 19.98 167.83 29.41 6.79 8 2.73 103.74 28.55 32.12 9 40.47 210.44 91.91 4.33 10 2.86 117.26 13.14 33.86 11 2.63 69.43 82.85 23.00 12 1.49 89.40 39.41 50.67 13 10.77 312.33 3.98 21.85 14 2.32 62.64 23.93 22.20 15 6.64 225.59 22.88 26.22 16 4.97 139.16 11.54 20.07 17 12.08 169.12 90.38 11.26 18 1.40 77.00 64.97 45.82 19 3.20 153.60 12.88 38.29 20 9.78 205.38 -27.01 14.46 21 36.03 201.77 75.70 4.84 22 1.88 110.92 16.79 50.00 23 1.74 85.26 69.91 40.77 24 8.56 102.72 92.96 13.12 25 6.12 85.68 13.45 10.42 26 3.22 77.28 59.85 18.92 27 1.58 90.06 15.44 45.86 28 1.31 14.28 75.44 9.37 29 60.20 722.40 23.25 9.07 30 6.84 149.13 24.26 17.91

gConcentration of CLCE (mg/ml) after the concentration process. hMass of rotenone (mg) in the CLCE after the concentration process. iLosses of rotenone during the concentration process (%): mg (before) - mg (after)/mg (before) × 100 %. jWeight of CLCE + 10 % to 50 % of the remaining solvent in CLCE after the concentration process. The solvent was kept at certain volume (ml) in order to prepare an initial concentration (C0) for the bioassay prior to the dilution of 1000, 500, 100, 50, 10, 1.0 ppm respectively (Figure 4.8).

Page 201: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

177

Continued:

Sample kWeight of

rotenoids resin lAdditional weight of resin

from CLCE & LCE (g) mTotal weight of

rotenoids resin (g) 1 0.59 0.14 0.73 2 6.59 0.22 6.81 3 6.79 0.86 7.65 4 0.54 0.21 0.75 5 8.21 0.41 8.62 6 3.51 1.95 5.46 7 7.60 1.99 9.59 8 5.40 0.36 5.76 9 0.66 0.26 0.92 10 6.90 0.57 7.47 11 6.29 0.84 7.13 12 7.35 0.57 7.92 13 3.64 0.30 3.94 14 4.33 0.60 4.93 15 5.89 0.44 6.33 16 3.88 0.39 4.27 17 2.89 0.48 3.37 18 8.73 0.77 9.50 19 5.50 0.37 5.87 20 1.66 0.19 1.85 21 5.70 2.15 7.85 22 2.92 0.20 3.12 23 7.56 0.66 8.22 24 1.05 0.22 1.27 25 2.30 0.44 2.74 26 4.43 0.60 5.03 27 2.36 0.19 2.55 28 1.53 0.72 2.25 29 1.59 0.27 1.86 30 7.88 0.93 8.81

kWeight of rotenoids resin (g) after evaporated 100 % of solvent. mTotal weight of rotenoids resin = Weight of resin from the extract (pure resin) + weight of LCE (1.0 ml) for the RP-HPLC analysis + weight of CLCE (1.0 ml) for the RP-HPLC analysis + weight of CLCE for the bioassay (calculate using M1V1 = M2V2). (All results were calculated using the proportional method) Example calculation for Sample 1 (S1): 10.0 ml CLCE = 0.59 g resin, if 1.0 ml CLCE = 0.06 g resin (CLCE ratio) For the bioassay, the volume of CLCE to produce 1.0 mg/ml (initial conc.) was using the M1V1 = M2V2: (11.61 mg/ml)(?) = (1.0 mg/ml)(4.0 ml of diluted solution) = ∴V1 = 0.34 ml CLCE (Figure 4.8). Therefore, TOTAL WEIGHT OF ROTENOIDS RESIN = [1.0 ml CLCE = 0.06 g resin]: l[0.34 ml CLCE (bioassay) + 1.0 ml CLCE (HPLC) + 1.0 ml of LCE for the RP-HPLC analysis (using the proportion calculation from the CLCE ratio as ststed above and assuming that the yield of roteone before

Page 202: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

178

and after the concentration process were remain unchanged)] = 0.06 g/1.0 ml × 2.34 ml = 0.14 g + 0.59 g =∴0.73 g (Weight of pure resin from the extract) Continued:

Sample nYield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w)

oYield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w)

pYield of rotenone in rotenoids resin, % (w/w)

1 2.48 0.39 15.91 2 22.77 0.99 4.36 3 25.83 0.19 0.75 4 2.50 0.66 26.21 5 28.21 0.56 1.98 6 18.46 0.09 0.47 7 32.69 0.57 1.75 8 19.34 0.35 1.80 9 3.09 0.71 22.87 10 23.53 0.37 1.57 11 23.78 0.23 0.97 12 26.90 0.30 1.13 13 13.36 1.06 7.93 14 16.68 0.21 1.27 15 21.09 0.75 3.56 16 14.45 0.47 3.26 17 11.48 0.58 5.02 18 31.98 0.26 0.81 19 20.03 0.52 2.62 20 6.15 0.68 11.10 21 26.73 0.69 2.57 22 10.64 0.38 3.56 23 27.60 0.29 1.04 24 4.24 0.34 8.09 25 9.49 0.30 3.13 26 16.97 0.26 1.54 27 8.61 0.30 3.53 28 7.64 0.05 0.63 29 6.17 2.40 38.84 30 29.96 0.51 1.69

nYield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) = mTotal weight of rotenoids resin (mg)/weight of dried roots (g) × 100 %. [Selected as response variable (THIS MODEL WAS SIGNIFICANT; R2 = 0.30)]. oYield of rotenone in dried roots after the concentration process, % (w/w) = hYield of rotenone after the concentration process (mg)/weight of dried roots (g) × 100 % [THIS RESPONSE VARIABLE WAS INSIGNIFICANT FOR IDENTIFICATION OF THE OPTIMUM PROCESSING PARAMETERS]. pYield of rotenone in rotenoids resin after the concentration process, % (w/w) = hYield of rotenone after the concentration process (mg)/ mtotal weight of rotenoids resin (g) × 100 % [THIS RESPONSE VARIABLE WAS INSIGNIFICANT FOR IDENTIFICTION OF THE OPTIMUM PROCESSING PARAMETERS].

Page 203: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 204: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 205: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 206: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 207: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 208: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

184

Appendix C

Table C-1: Experimental design and results (experimental and predicted values) of

Central Composite Design; CCD with response surface linear model

(Manual calculation)

Run Factor 1 X1: Solvent -to-solid ratio

Factor 2 X2: Raw material particles size

Factor 3 X3: Types of solvent

Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots (Experiment)

Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots (Predicted)

ml/g mm in diameter Treatment % (w/w) % (w/w) 1 6.00 5.00 Acetone 2.48 11.86 2 10.00 2.75 aEthanol 22.77 21.70 3 3.62 4.09 aEthanol 25.83 22.41 4 3.62 1.41 Acetone 2.50 12.37 5 8.38 4.09 aEthanol 28.21 21.82 6 2.00 2.75 Acetone 18.46 12.49 7 3.62 4.09 Acetone 32.69 12.21 8 8.38 4.09 aEthanol 19.34 21.82 9 3.62 1.41 Acetone 3.09 12.37 10 6.00 2.75 aEthanol 23.53 22.19 11 6.00 5.00 aEthanol 23.78 22.06 12 8.38 1.41 aEthanol 26.90 21.98 13 6.00 2.75 Acetone 13.36 12.00 14 3.62 4.09 aEthanol 16.68 22.41 15 6.00 0.50 aEthanol 21.09 22.33 16 3.62 4.09 Acetone 14.45 12.21 17 6.00 2.75 Acetone 11.48 12.00 18 6.00 2.75 aEthanol 31.98 22.19 19 8.38 1.41 Acetone 20.03 11.78 20 8.38 4.09 Acetone 6.15 11.62 21 6.00 0.50 Acetone 26.73 12.13 22 8.38 1.41 aEthanol 10.64 21.98 23 6.00 2.75 aEthanol 27.60 22.19 24 6.00 2.75 Acetone 4.24 12.00 25 8.38 4.09 Acetone 9.49 11.62 26 3.62 1.41 aEthanol 16.97 22.57 27 8.38 1.41 Acetone 8.61 11.78 28 2.00 2.75 aEthanol 7.64 22.69 29 10.00 2.75 Acetone 6.17 11.50 30 3.62 1.41 aEthanol 29.96 22.57

aEthanol was added with the H2O and oxalic acid - A ratio of ethanol (9): H2O (1) [Prepare 1.0 mg/ml of oxalic acid solution from the volume (ml) of H2O ratio (1)].

Page 209: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

185

Run (N) Y u Ŷ u Y u - Ÿ (MEAN) Ŷ u - Ÿ (MEAN) Y u - Ŷ u 1 2.48 11.86 -14.62 -5.24 -9.38 2 22.77 21.70 5.67 4.60 1.07 3 25.83 22.41 8.73 5.31 3.42 4 2.50 12.37 -14.60 -4.73 -9.87 5 28.21 21.82 11.11 4.72 6.39 6 18.46 12.49 1.36 -4.61 5.97 7 32.69 12.21 15.59 -4.89 20.48 8 19.34 21.82 2.24 4.72 -2.48 9 3.09 12.37 -14.01 -4.73 -9.28 10 23.53 22.19 6.43 5.09 1.34 11 23.78 22.06 6.68 4.96 1.72 12 26.90 21.98 9.80 4.88 4.92 13 13.36 12.00 -3.74 -5.10 1.36 14 16.68 22.41 -0.42 5.31 -5.73 15 21.09 22.33 3.99 5.23 -1.24 16 14.45 12.21 -2.65 -4.89 2.24 17 11.48 12.00 -5.62 -5.10 -0.52 18 31.98 22.19 14.88 5.09 9.79 19 20.03 11.78 2.93 -5.32 8.25 20 6.15 11.62 -10.95 -5.48 -5.47 21 26.73 12.13 9.63 -4.97 14.60 22 10.64 21.98 -6.46 4.88 -11.34 23 27.60 22.19 10.50 5.09 5.41 24 4.24 12.00 -12.86 -5.10 -7.76 25 9.49 11.62 -7.61 -5.48 -2.13 26 16.97 22.57 -0.13 5.47 -5.60 27 8.61 11.78 -8.49 -5.32 -3.17 28 7.64 22.69 -9.46 5.59 -15.05 29 6.17 11.50 -10.93 -5.60 -5.33 30 29.96 22.57 12.86 5.47 7.39

TOTAL 512.85

Ÿ (MEAN) = ∑Y u/N = 512.85/30 = 17.10; SST = ∑ (Yu - Ÿ)2 = 2619.93

SSR = ∑ (Ŷu - Ÿ)2 = 782.54; SSE = ∑ (Yu - Ŷu)2 = 1837.42

p - 1 = 4 - 1 = 3 (Numbers of coded factor in the equation);

N - p = 30 - 4 = 26 (Residual); N - 1 = 30 - 1 = 29

N

U = 1 N

U = 1

N

U = 1

Page 210: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

186

Source df Sum of Squares (SS) Mean Squares F R2

Regression 3 782.54 (SSR) 260.85 3.69 Residual 26 1837.42 (SSE) 70.67 Total 29 2619.96 ≅ (calculated SST) 0.30

The final model equation in terms of coded and actual factor for the yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) was presented as follows: (A) Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) = 17.10 - 0. 29X1 - 0.078X2 - 5.10X3 (Coded factors) (B) Types of solvent - Ethanol + oxalic acid solution: (Actual factors) Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) = 23.10 - 0.12*Solvent-to-solid ratio - 0.06* Raw material particles size (C) Types of solvent - Acetone: (Actual factors) Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) = 12.90 - 0.12*Solvent-to-solid ratio - 0.06* Raw material particles size The variance Fisher analysis: (A) From the F distribution table with confidence limit 5 % (0.05): (F3, 26, 0.05) = 2.98 (B) F ratio (3.69) > (F3, 26, 0.05) = 3.69 > 2.98 = The null hypothesis is rejected at the fixed α level (0.05) of significance or confidence limit and it was inferred that the coefficient estimates were not all zero or in other words, the variance differences between the studied processes were significant

The null hypothesis (H0): µ1 = µ2 The alternative hypothesis (H1): µ1 < µ2

µ1 = Yield of rotenoids resin with original processing parameters (Acetone; 10.0 ml/g; Fine particles size)

µ2 = Yield of rotenoids resin with optimized processing parameters (Acetone; 4.72 ml/g; 0.83 mm in diameter) CONCLUSION: Yield of rotenoids resin in dried roots, % (w/w) that has been evaluated using the optimization processing parameters result a significant increases of the yield of rotenoids resin (g) as compared to the processing parameters carried out by Saiful et al. (2003).

The null hypothesis (H0) is rejected The null hypothesis (H0) is accepted

F(v1,v2,α)

0.95 0.05

F2.98

Page 211: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

187

Table C-2: Experimental design and results (experimental and predicted values) of

Central Composite Design; CCD with response surface reduced surface 2FI model

(Manual calculation)

Run Factor 1

X1: Solvent- to-solid ratio

Factor 2 X2: Raw material particles size

Factor 3 X3: Types of solvent

Yield of rotenone in dried roots (Experiment)

Yield of rotenone in dried roots (Predicted)

ml/g mm in diameter Treatment % (w/w) % (w/w) 1 6.00 5.00 Acetone 0.40 0.05 2 10.00 2.75 aEthanol 1.38 0.02 3 3.62 4.09 aEthanol 0.17 -0.09 4 3.62 1.41 Acetone 9.82 5.75 5 8.38 4.09 aEthanol 0.81 1.43 6 2.00 2.75 Acetone 0.19 1.31 7 3.62 4.09 Acetone 0.79 0.35 8 8.38 4.09 aEthanol 0.48 1.43 9 3.62 1.41 Acetone 8.67 5.75 10 6.00 2.75 aEthanol 0.45 0.67 11 6.00 5.00 aEthanol 1.35 0.68 12 8.38 1.41 aEthanol 0.49 -0.87 13 6.00 2.75 Acetone 1.08 2.66 14 3.62 4.09 aEthanol 0.27 -0.09 15 6.00 0.50 Ethanol 0.98 0.65 16 3.62 4.09 Acetone 0.52 0.35 17 6.00 2.75 Acetone 5.86 2.66 18 6.00 2.75 aEthanol 0.73 0.67 19 8.38 1.41 Acetone 0.59 2.69 20 8.38 4.09 Acetone 0.54 1.86 21 6.00 0.50 Acetone 2.77 5.28 22 8.38 1.41 aEthanol 0.44 -0.87 23 6.00 2.75 aEthanol 0.94 0.67 24 6.00 2.75 Acetone 4.86 2.66 25 8.38 4.09 Acetone 0.33 1.86 26 3.62 1.41 aEthanol 0.64 2.19 27 8.38 1.41 Acetone 0.36 2.69 28 2.00 2.75 aEthanol 0.19 3.31 29 10.00 2.75 Acetone 3.14 2.01 30 3.62 1.41 aEthanol 0.66 2.19

aEthanol was added with the H2O and oxalic acid - A ratio of ethanol (9): H2O (1) [Prepare 1.0 mg/ml of oxalic acid solution from the volume (ml) of H2O ratio (1)].

Page 212: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

188

Run Y u Ŷ u Y u - Ÿ (MEAN) Ŷ u - Ÿ (MEAN) Y u - Ŷ u 1 0.40 0.045 -1.26 -1.62 0.36 2 1.38 0.017 -0.28 -1.64 1.36 3 0.17 -0.09 -1.49 1.75 0.26 4 9.82 5.75 8.16 4.09 4.07 5 0.81 1.43 -0.85 -0.23 -0.62 6 0.19 1.31 -1.47 -0.35 -1.12 7 0.79 0.35 -0.87 -1.31 0.44 8 0.48 1.43 -1.18 -0.23 -0.95 9 8.67 5.75 7.01 4.09 2.92 10 0.45 0.67 -1.21 -0.99 -0.22 11 1.35 0.68 -0.31 -0.98 0.67 12 0.49 -0.87 -1.17 2.53 1.36 13 1.08 2.66 -0.58 1.00 -1.58 14 0.27 -0.09 -1.39 1.75 0.36 15 0.98 0.65 -0.68 -1.01 0.33 16 0.52 0.35 -1.14 -1.31 0.17 17 5.86 2.66 4.20 1.00 3.20 18 0.73 0.67 -0.93 -0.99 0.06 19 0.59 2.69 -1.07 1.03 -2.10 20 0.54 1.86 -1.12 0.20 -1.32 21 2.77 5.28 1.11 3.62 -2.51 22 0.44 -0.87 -1.22 2.53 1.31 23 0.94 0.67 -0.72 -0.99 0.27 24 4.86 2.66 3.20 1.00 2.20 25 0.33 1.86 -1.33 0.20 -1.53 26 0.64 2.19 -1.02 0.53 -1.55 27 0.36 2.69 -1.30 1.03 -2.33 28 0.19 3.31 -1.47 1.65 -3.12 29 3.14 2.01 1.48 0.35 1.13 30 0.66 2.19 -1.00 0.53 -1.53

TOTAL 49.90

Ÿ (MEAN) = ∑Y u/N = 49.90/30 = 1.66; SST = ∑ (Yu - Ÿ) 2 = 175.84

SSR = ∑ (Ŷu - Ÿ) 2 = 87.99; SSE = ∑ (Yu - Ŷu) 2 = 87.83

p - 1 = 6 - 1 = 5 (Numbers of coded factor in the equation);

N - p = 30 - 6 = 24 (Residual); N - 1 = 30 - 1 = 29

N

U = 1 N

U = 1

N

U = 1

Page 213: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

189

Source df Sum of Squares (SS) Mean Squares F R2

Regression 5 87.99 (SSR) 17.60 4.81 Residual 24 87.83 (SSE) 3.66 Total 29 175.82 ≅ (calculated SST) 0.50

The final model equation in terms of coded and actual factor for the yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) was presented as follows: (A) Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) = 1.66 - 0.39X1 - 0.77X2 + X3 + 1.15X1X2 - 0.78X2X3 (Coded factors) (B) Types of solvent - Ethanol + oxalic acid solution: (Actual factors) Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) = 7.56 - 1.15*Solvent-to-solid ratio - 2.15*Raw material particles size + 0.36*Solvent-to-solid ratio*Raw material particles size (C) Types of solvent - Acetone: (Actual factors) Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) = 12.77 - 1.15*Solvent-to-solid ratio - 3.32*Raw material particles size + 0.36*Solvent-to-solid ratio*Raw material particles size The variance Fisher analysis: (A) From the F distribution table with confidence limit 5 % (0.05): (F5, 24, 0.05) = 2.62 (B) F ratio (4.81) > (F5, 24, 0.05) = 4.81 > 2.42 = The null hypothesis is rejected at the fixed α level (0.05) of significance or confidence limit and it was inferred that the coefficient estimates were not all zero or in other words, the variance differences between the studied processes were significant

The null hypothesis (H0): µ1 = µ2 The alternative hypothesis (H1): µ1 < µ2

µ1 = Yield of rotenone with original processing parameters (Acetone; 10.0 ml/g; Fine particles size)

µ2 = Yield of rotenone with optimized processing parameters (Acetone; 4.72 ml/g; 0.83 mm in diameter) CONCLUSION: Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) that has been evaluated using the optimization processing parameters result a significant increases of the rotenone content (mg) as compared to the processing parameters carried out by Saiful et al. (2003).

The null hypothesis (H0) is rejected The null hypothesis (H0) is accepted

F(v1,v2,α)

0.95 0.05

F2.62

Page 214: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 215: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 216: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

192

Appendix E

Table E-1: The biological activity (LC50) of S1 (24 hours of treatment) using probit

analysis (manual calculation) (Finney, 1971)

C (Conc.) Log C a% Mortality b% Mortality (Corrected) cProbit response

1 0.00 30 30 4.56 10 1.00 50 50 5.13 50 1.70 100 100 - 100 2.00 100 100 - 500 2.70 100 100 - 1000 3.00 100 100 -

dCONTROL - 0 - - aExpress the number of dead as percentage of the total number of organism tested at that concentration. bFor the concentrations in which the observed % mortality is greater than the mortality observed among the organisms in the control tank, correct the % mortality using Abbott’s formula: [Corrected mortality (%) = (Mobs - Mcontrol/100 - Mcontrol) × 100 %] where Mobs is the observed mortality calculated into percentage and Mcontrol is the control organisms at that test exposure duration. Do not correct mortality values which are less than the control mortality. cProbit responses were obtained from Table E-2. dDeionized water was used as control medium. Table E-2: Transformation of percentages to probits (Finney, 1971)

EXAMPLE OF DIRECT INTERPOLATION OF INTERMEDIATE VALUE: (If control value is 0) % corrected mortality: 20 % mortality: 2 - Probit value: 4.23 % corrected mortality: 22.41 Probit value x: ? % corrected mortality: 30 % mortality: 3 - Probit value: 4.56 22.41 - 20/30 - 22.41 = x - 4.23/4.56 - x ∴x = 4.31

% 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 - 2.67 2.95 3.12 3.25 3.36 3.45 3.52 3.59 3.66 10 3.72 3.77 3.82 3.87 3.92 3.96 4.01 4.05 4.08 4.12 20 4.16 4.19 4.23 4.26 4.29 4.33 4.36 4.39 4.42 4.45 30 4.48 4.50 4.53 4.56 4.59 4.61 4.64 4.67 4.69 4.72 40 4.75 4.77 4.80 4.82 4.85 4.87 4.90 4.92 4.95 4.97 50 5.00 5.03 5.05 5.08 5.10 5.13 5.15 5.18 5.20 5.23 60 5.25 5.28 5.31 5.33 5.36 5.39 5.41 5.44 5.47 5.50 70 5.52 5.55 5.58 5.61 5.64 5.67 5.71 5.74 5.77 5.81 80 5.84 5.88 5.92 5.95 5.99 6.04 6.08 6.13 6.18 6.23 90 6.28 6.34 6.41 6.48 6.55 6.64 6.75 6.88 7.05 7.33 - 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 99 7.33 7.37 7.41 7.46 7.51 7.58 7.65 7.75 7.88 8.09

% corrected mortality % mortality

Page 217: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

193

y = 0.57x + 4.56

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

5

5.1

5.2

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1

Log10 concentration (ppm)

Mor

talit

y (p

robi

t)

S1 S1

Figure E-1 The biological activity (LC50) of rotenoids resin: An experimental of (S1)

linear regression of logarithm-converted concentrations (x) versus the probit values (y)

From the fitted regression equation (the correlation coefficient should exceed ≅ 0.5): y = 0.57x + 4.56; Determine the predicted value of x associated with y = 5.00 (the probit value of 50 %) 5.00 = 0.57x + 4.56 5.00 - 4.56/0.57 = x 0.44/0.57 = x ∴ x = 0.77 Calculate the inverse log10 (anti-log) to find the LC50: Antilog10 (0.77) = 5.91 ppm So, LC50 (S1) = 5.91 ppm.

Page 218: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 219: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 220: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 221: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE
Page 222: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

198

Appendix H

Figure H-1 Chromatogram of rotenone standard [SIGMA-Aldrich™; 95 - 98 % (w/w)]

Rotenone standard [SIGMA-Aldrich™; purity of 95 - 98 % (w/w)]: Rotenone standard concentration (Cstd) [13.91 mins] = 0.256 mg.ml-1 Peak area (A) = 43,055.34 [mV.s] Sensitivity factor (SF) = (A)/(Cstd) = 43,055.34/0.256 = 168,184.92 [mV.s.ml.mg-1]

Page 223: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

199

Figure H-2 Chromatogram of Sample 20 (S20) of Liquid Crude Extract (LCE)

Concentration of rotenone in the Liquid Crude Extract (LCE): [Dilution of 1/50] Rotenone peak area (Arotenone) [13.95 mins] = 2640.73 [mV.s] Concentration of rotenone (Crotenone) = (Arotenone)/SF = 2640.73/168,184.92 = 0.016 mg.ml-1 (Dilution factor; DF = Flask volume/pipette volume): DF = 50/1 ∴Actual concentration of rotenone = 0.016 mg.ml-1 × 50/1 = 0.80 mg.ml-1 Yield of rotenone in dried roots = 0.80 mg.ml-1 × 206 ml (volume of LCE) = 164.80 mg Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) = 164.80 mg/30.06 g × 100 % = 0.55 % (w/w)

Page 224: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

200

Figure H-3 Chromatogram of Sample 20 (S20) of Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract

(CLCE)

Concentration of rotenone in the Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE): [Dilution of 1/50] Rotenone peak area (Arotenone) [14.04 mins] = 32,913.28 [mV.s] Concentration of rotenone (Crotenone) = (Arotenone)/SF = 32,913.28/168,184.92 = 0.195 mg.ml-1 ∴Actual concentration of rotenone = 0.195 mg.ml-1 × 50/1 = 9.78 mg.ml-1 Yield of rotenone in dried roots = 9.78 mg.ml-1 × 21 ml (volume of CLCE) = 205.38 mg Yield of rotenone in dried roots, % (w/w) = 205.38 mg/30.06 g × 100 % = 0.68 % (w/w)

Page 225: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

Proceeding of ‘Simposium Kimia Analisis Kebangsaan’ (SKAM-17), 26-28 August 2004, Swiss Garden Resort, Pahang

201

Appendix I

PURIFICATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF ROTENONE FROM Derris elliptica USING THE VACUUM LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY-THIN LAYER CHROMATOGRAPHY

(VLC-TLC) METHOD

1S. I., Zubairi*, 1M. R., Sarmidi, 1R. A., Aziz, 2M. K. A., Ramli, 1R., Latip and 1N. I. A., Nordin

1Chemical Engineering Pilot Plant (CEPP), Faculty of Chemical and Natural Resources Engineering,

Universiti Teknologi Malaysia (UTM), 81310 UTM Skudai, Johor Darul Takzim.

2Heritage Biotech (M) Sdn. Bhd, c/o Chemical Engineering Pilot Plant, Faculty of Chemical and Natural Resources Engineering,

Universiti Teknologi Malaysia (UTM), 81310 UTM Skudai, Johor Darul Takzim.

Tel.: +607-5532595 Fax: +607-5569706

e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

ABSTRACT

History has recorded the use of rotenone as bio-pesticide by plant and vegetables growers worldwide. The re-introduction of this bio-active compound as an environmental-friendly bio-pesticide in organic fruits and vegetables plantations is now an emergent trend. Our laboratory is focused on the development of bio-pesticide using rotenone extracted from local plant species which is Derris elliptica. A liquid chromatographic method with high vacuum pressure was developed for the analysis of rotenone in the Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) of Derris elliptica. The treated root and stem were cut into small pieces prior to the extraction process of the Normal Soaking Extraction (NSE) method. The Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) was concentrated further using the rotary evaporator at 40 0C under reduced pressure of 800 × 10-3 bar. A high-pressure vacuum liquid chromatographic was then carried out for the purification of rotenone using the silica gel (230 mesh to 400 mesh sieve) with variety of eluents polarity (e.g.: hexane, chloroform, acetone and ultra pure water). All eluents that have been collected after the purification process were subjected to the semi-automatic TLC (CAMAG Linomat 5) for the identification of rotenone and other constituents using the isocratic elution of petroleum ether and ethyl acetate with a ratio of 4:2 (v/v). The markers for each bio-active constituent were visualized and recorded using the Ultra Violet (UV) lamp (wavelength (λ) of 254 nm and 365 nm). The Rf value for the desirable constituent (rotenone) was also calculated. The employed method shows significant improvement on reducing the impurities constituent in the LCE as well as the visibility of rotenone identification as compared to the filtration of PTFE filter cartridge (0.45µm) prior to the conventional TLC method. Keywords: Derris elliptica; rotenone; environmental-friendly bio-pesticide; TLC; VLC.

INTRODUCTION Malaysia is embarking on developing its agro-business and to provide food security for the country. The pest control in the country at present relies mainly on toxic chemical pesticides. The conventional pesticides are often toxic to mammals, non-target pests and persist in the environment as recalcitrant. Therefore, the search for bio-active substance which have satisfactory properties that is effective on the target pest is economic viable and biodegradable is great importance. For example, rotenone from a plant belonging to the Derris elliptica family known locally as ‘Tuba Kapur’ has been proven as potent as many conventional synthetic pesticides. Rotenone can be extracted from many tropical Leguminosae such as Derris spp., Lonchocarpus spp. and Tephrosia spp. Derris elliptica is a widely available local plant and contains 4.0 % (w/w) to 5.0 % (w/w) of the active ingredient, rotenone. Rotenone is extremely active as contact and stomach poisons against many crop pests such as Mexican bean beetle, apple and pea aphids,

Page 226: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

Proceeding of ‘Simposium Kimia Analisis Kebangsaan’ (SKAM-17), 26-28 August 2004, Swiss Garden Resort, Pahang

202

corn borer and household pests. Besides having low mammalian toxicity, they are reasonably safe to honeybees (Opender, 2001).

METHODOLOGY Plant collection - Derris elliptica roots was collected at Kota Johor Lama in the state of Johor, Malaysia. Raw material - The collected raw materials immediately undergo cleaning process to remove dirt and soil. They were kept and dried into oven for overnight at room temperature (26 ± 2 0C). The cleaned raw materials were sorted to collect the root and stem. Only root and stem were utilized. The root and stem were cut into small pieces prior to the grinding process. Extraction apparatus and procedure - The extraction was carried out by soaking 50.0 g of dried root and stem in 500 ml solution of methanol 95.0 % (v/v) for 24 hours at room temperature of 26 ± 2 0C. The Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) was filtered through 15.0 cm Whatman no. 4 filter paper directly into 500 ml of the PYREX® glassware after 24 hours of the extraction process. The Liquid Crude Extract (LCE) was concentrated further using the rotary evaporator; Laborata 4001 (Heidolph) at 40 0C, purified using the Vacuum Liquid Chromatography (VLC) under reduced pressure of 800 × 10-3 bar and analyzed qualitatively using semi-automatic TLC (CAMAG Linomat 5). Purification of the Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE) - The VLC system consist of silica gel powder (230 mesh to 400 mesh sieve) with silica gel-to-CLCE ratio of 40.0 g/g, composition of different eluents as shown in Table 1.1 and vacuum pressure pump (P = 800 × 10-3 bar). Four units of VLC system were prepared for each eluent. Silica gel solution (silica gel powder + H2O) was poured into the unit until it dried as the vacuum pump drain off the air to facilitate the flow of H2O in the reservoir. Eventually, the dried silica gel was transformed into a solid structure with the intention that a sufficient absorption and separation of the desirable bio-active constituents can be occurred during the purification process. The Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE) was poured onto the surface of the silica gel until 1/3 of the solution absorbed into the dried silica gel. The 15.0 cm of Whatman filter paper no. 4 was located onto the surface of dried silica gel to stabilize the dried silica gel while pouring the eluents. The amount of 300 ml of eluents were poured onto the dried silica gel until it penetrated and absorbed all over the silica gel. During the flow of eluents occurred thoroughly through dried silica gel, the constituents in the CLCE already been absorbed in the silica gel where the desired constituents were eluted from the CLCE into the eluents accordingly to its similarity of the eluents polarity. The eluted or purified solution was subjected to convective concentration process in the fume cupboard and analyzed qualitatively using semi-automatic TLC (CAMAG Linomat 5).

Table 1.1: Composition (%) of different eluents.

No. Eluents/solvent mixtures Composition (%) 1. aHexane + chloroform 1) 100-0 2) 90-10 3) 80-20 4) 70-30 5) 60-40 6) 50-50 7) 40-60

8) 30-70 9) 20-80 10) 10-90 11) 0-100 2. aChloroform + acetone 12) 100-0 13) 90-10 14) 80-20 15) 70-30 16) 60-40 17) 50-50

18) 40-60 19) 30-70 20) 20-80 21) 10-90 22) 0-100 3. aAcetone + ultra pure water 23) 100-0 24) 90-10 25) 80-20 26) 70-30 27) 60-40 28) 50-50

29) 40-60 30) 30-70 31) 20-80 32) 10-90 33) 0-100 4. bUltra pure water 34) 100

aPurity of the solvents were 95.0 % (v/v). bE-pure, Barnstead: 0.49MΩ-cm.

Page 227: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

Proceeding of ‘Simposium Kimia Analisis Kebangsaan’ (SKAM-17), 26-28 August 2004, Swiss Garden Resort, Pahang

203

Analysis of purified solution - The purified solutions were subjected to the qualitative analysis using semi-automatic TLC (CAMAG Linomat 5). The operating conditions for CAMAG Linomat 5 were listed as follows: Plate size (TLC aluminium sheets; Silica gel; 60 F254; 10.0 cm × 10.0 cm), band of spot: 4.0 mm, x and y-axis: 11.0 mm and 10.0 mm respectively, track distance: 10.0 mm and spray volume dosage: 4.0 µl. The plates that have been sprayed were subjected into a development chamber using isocratic elution with a mixture of petroleum eter and ethyl acetate 4:2 (v/v). The markers for each bio-active constituent found were visualized and recorded using UV lamp (wavelength of 254 nm and 365 nm) and the retardation factor, Rf value of desirable constituent was calculated as shown in Table 1.2.

RESULT AND DISCUSSION

Figure 1.2: The presence of rotenone under UV light of wavelength 254 nm and 365 nm respectively.

CLCE [Methanol extract; 95.0 % (v/v)] Rotenone standard; 96.2 % (w/w); Rf ≅ 0.63 Rotenone; no. 8; Rf ≅ 0.61

Rotenone; 96.2 % (w/w) + other constituents; 3.8 % (w/w)

CLCE; UV light; λ: 254 nm

ds

dc

8

7

6

STD

9

10

Rotenone

CLCE; UV light; λ: 365 nm

ds

dc

8

7

6

STD

9

10

Table 1.2: Rf for eluent no. (8): Hexane + chloroform [30-70]

Concentrated Liquid Crude Extract (CLCE)

Vacuum pressure (800 mbar)

Eluents/solvent mixture

Silica gel (230 mesh to 400 mesh)

The eluted/purified solution (eluent + bio-active constituents)

Figure 1.1: Vacuum Liquid Chromatography (VLC) apparatus

Rotenone

Rotenone; 96.2 % (w/w) + other constituents; 3.8 % (w/w)

(dc) (ds)

Page 228: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

Proceeding of ‘Simposium Kimia Analisis Kebangsaan’ (SKAM-17), 26-28 August 2004, Swiss Garden Resort, Pahang

204

Analysis of the purified rotenone solution - The markers of each eluent composition for hexane + chloroform from no. 6 to 10 using the semi-automatic TLC (CAMAG Linomat 5) are shown in Figure 1.2 and Rf for the rotenone standard (Rotenone PESTANAL®; analytical grade, 96.2 % (w/w); SIGMA-Aldrich™) and the desirable constituent (rotenone) are listed in Table 1.2. The retardation factor, Rf of rotenone was fairly similar as rotenone standard with approximately 0.61 and 0.63 respectively. Although rotenone standard with purity of 96.2 % (w/w) can be seen easily on the silica plats, actually there were small markers encircling the rotenone marker which is represented as other constituents (e.g.: tephrosin, 12αβ-rotenolone and deguelin). The other encircle markers were insignificant for the Rf determination due to small amount of constituents comprise in the standard (≅ 3.8 % (w/w)). As referred to Figure 1.2, the desirable constituents and rotenone standard (STD) markers were highlighted to show that the purification process using hexane + chloroform [30-70] as an eluent were the best composition which produce small amount of impurities marker as compared to the other eluents composition. The desirable constituents were eluted and absorbed along with the composition of hexane + chloroform [30-70] eluents and gradually disappeared after increasing the concentration of chloroform and decreasing the concentration of hexane by 90 % and 10 % respectively. Rotenone and other constituents were started to elute from composition no. 6 to no. 8 and gradually disappeared (exhaustively flush out) or still being absorbed by the remaining constituents in silica gel along with the changes of the composition. Using a mixture of two different eluents polarity [hexane (0) and chloroform (4.1)], rotenone appeared to be existed in the composition between these values and there was a small amount of unknown markers as compared to the non-conventional TLC method. Non-conventional TLC method showed 13 to 15 markers as compared to the VLC-TLC method which show only 8 markers. The other eluents composition as shown in Table 1.1 demonstrated hard visibility for observing the desired markers after the semi-automatic TLC (CAMAG Linomat 5) development process. As for the ultra pure water, this eluent produced a milky solution in which dissolved and flush out almost all CLCE solution absorbed in the silica gel. In fact, the TLC plat revealed that there was no separation occurred (no markers) either during the VLC or TLC development process. This was due to all constituents in the eluent (ultra pure water) were possibly high in polarity and the separation on the non-polar material (silica gel) either in the VLC or TLC system would be impossible to solubilize into the eluent (absorption to silica gel > solubility in the eluent) and separate accordingly into their own polarity. Furthermore, pure rotenone has the solubility in gram per 100 cubic centimeters of solution at 20 0C as follows: water ≅ 0.00002; ethyl alcohol = 0.2; carbon tetrachloride = 0.6; amyl acetate = 1.6; xylene = 3.4; acetone = 6.6; benzene = 8.0; chlorobenzene = 13.5; ethylene dichloride = 33.0 and chloroform = 47.0. The solubility of pure rotenone in chloroform (47 grams per 100 cubic centimeters of solution at 20 0C) indicated that the elution of rotenone has been suspected in a mixture of hexane + chloroform or chloroform + acetone. The most suitable mixture composition (%) itself was to be unknown until this study has been done extensively. After rigorous study done, it can be concluded that the higher polarity eluents used as an eluent, the less constituents can be eluted or absorbed into the eluents and produced less impurities in the purified solution. Moreover, the techniques to obtain and achieve the bio-active constituents of Derris species as an USP standard (U.S. Pharmacopeia) should be further investigated.

Sequel of eluents based on the best separation and identification of rotenone constituent Hexane (0) + Chloroform (4.1) > Chloroform + Acetone (5.1) > Acetone (5.1) + H20 (9.0) > H20 (9.0)

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT This research was supported by an IRPA grant 09-02-06-0083 EA261 under the Ministry of Science, Technology and Environment (MOSTE), Malaysia.

REFERENCES

Opender, K. and Dhaliwal, G. S. (2001). Prospects and problems of phytochemical bio-pesticide.

Phytochemical Bio-pesticides, pp. 133-134.

Page 229: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

Proceeding of ‘Simposium Kimia Analisis Kebangsaan’ (SKAM-17), 26-28 August 2004, Swiss Garden Resort, Pahang

205

Schmeltz, I. (1971). Nicotine and other tobacco alkaloids. In Jacobsan, M. and Crosby, D. G. (eds.), Naturally Occurring Insecticides, Marcel Dekker, New York, pp. 99-136.

Waterman, D. G. and Khalid, A. S. (1980). The major flavonoids of the seed of Tephrosia. Phytochemistry. 19, 909-915.

Page 230: THE YIELD AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY (LC50) OF ROTENONE

206

Appendix J

Figure J-1 Molecular structure of deguelin

Figure J-2 Molecular structure of 12αβ-rotenolone

Figure J-3 Molecular structure of tephrosin (an oxidation product of deguelin)